UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY...

248
UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection Amitava Nandi A DISSERTATION SbBMITTED TO THE FACULTY OF GRADUATE S'WDIES IN PARTLU mLFILLMENT OF THE REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF PHlLOSOPHY DEPARTMENT OF MECHANiCAL .hW MANUFACTURING ENGINEERING CALGARY. ALBERTA SEPïEMBER, 2000 @Amitava Nandi 3000

Transcript of UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY...

Page 1: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY

Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing

Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

Amitava Nandi

A DISSERTATION

SbBMITTED TO THE FACULTY OF GRADUATE S'WDIES

IN PARTLU mLFILLMENT OF THE REQUIREMENTS FOR THE

DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF PHlLOSOPHY

DEPARTMENT OF MECHANiCAL .hW MANUFACTURING ENGINEERING

CALGARY. ALBERTA

SEPïEMBER, 2000

@Amitava Nandi 3000

Page 2: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

Bibliothèque nationale du Canada

Acquisitions and Acquisitions el Bibliographie SeMces servÎces bibliographiques

The author has gcaxtted a non- L'auteur a accordé une licence non exciusive licence dowing the exclusive permettant a Ia National LIbrary of Canada to Bibliothèque nationale du Canada de reproduce, loan, dismibute or sel reproduire, preter, distri'bner ou copies of this thesis in microfom vendre des copies de cette thèse sous paper or electronic formats. la forme de microfiche/film, de

reproduction sur papier ou sur format eIectronique .

The author retains ownership of the L'auteur conserve ia propriété du copyright in this thesis. Neither the droit d'auteur qui protège cette thèse. thesis nor substantial extracts fiom it Ni Ia thèse ni des extraits substantiels may be printed or otheNvise de celIe-ci ne doivent être imprimés reproduced without the author's ou autrement reproduits sans son permission. autorisation.

Page 3: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

Abstract

The abiiity of manufacruring organizations to reliably meet due dates that have b en

promised to their customers is of primary importance. In a make-to-order manufacnrriag

environment where capacity is fixed and due dates cannot be idluenced, rejection of a

judiciously chosen subset of potential customer orders represents une way to manage the

situation. This thesis exclusively focuses on this kind of manufacnuing system and explores

in detaii how the ability to reject orders affects performance when costs aise due to both job

rejection and job rardiness.

In this research three alternative d e s (two algorithmic and one simulation-based) for making

the acceptlreject decision for customer orden have ben developed and tested. A wide range

of experiments have k e n conducted and analyzed to assess both the qualitative and

quantitative performance of these des. in addition, the thesis reports on how an op*

controt policy for a hypotheticai man~lfacturing system can be chosen as a hction of the

system's environmental factors.

--. Ill

Page 4: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

Acknowledgements

My thesis is an apex built on so many experiences at the University of Calgary and which has

ken Ïnfiuenced by many people whom 1 wish to acknowledge here.

First of aii 1 wouid iike to thank Dr. Paul Rogers for supervising me, for giving me direction

at the difficult times during my research, and aiso providing me with financial support,

Next, 1 would like to thank Dr. S.T. Enns for his invaluable informai advice and discussion

on many cri tical research issues.

The heip and support of Khee Teck Wong, our computer system manager. deserves

special mention. During many computerproblems he was aIways there and most importantly

he soIved aii probIems in a timely fashion. Also 1 wish to chank aii of our departmental staff

and aU of my fnends in the department.

1 would aiso Iike to thank my examining cornmittee Dr. P. Rogers, Dr. D.H. Norrie, Dr. S.T.

Enns. Dr. J. Baiakrishnan and Dr. D.R. Strong.

My parents and elder brother deserve very speciai thanks for sharing my agony and providing

me emotional support at difficult situations. AIso many appreciation is reserved for Shilpi,

for her patience and understanding attitude-

Fmaliy a speciai thanks shouid go to the N a m Science and Engineering Research Council

of Canada and to the Department of Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineerhg for their

uninterrupted financial support which has made this research possible.

Page 5: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

Dedicated to my Parents

Page 6: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection
Page 7: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

.......... 3.1.2.1 JusrZcatioo of Choosing an MT0 System -41 3.1.2-2 How is a Customer Enquiry Addressed in an

................................ MT0 System? -42 3.1.3 OrderCIass ........................................... 43 3.1.4 Due Date Ass ipen t .................................. -43

......................................... 3.1.5 Cost Structure 4i ......................... 3 . I.5.1 Formulation of Revenue 45

3-1-52 Formulation of Tardiness Cost and its Justification ................................... 46

............................... 3.1.6 Different Decision Points -48 ......................... 3.1.6. I AcceptlReject Decision -49 .......................... 3.1.62 Order Release Decision 50

........................... 3.1.63 Dispatching Decision -50 ......... 3.2 DEerent Alternative Control Poiicies Used in This Research -50

............ 3.2.1 important Quantities InvoIved in Different Rules -51 ........................... 32.2 Alternative AccepuReject Rules 53 ........................... 3.1.3 Alternative Order Release Rules 58

........................... 3.24 Alternative Dispatching Rules - 61

........................... 3.3 List of Important Parametes Involved -63 ............................. 3.4 Performance Measures of the System 65

................... 3.5 List of Assumptions in the Hypothetical System -69 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.6 Description of the SIMMY Simuiation Mode1 -69

Chapter 4 .............................. Preliminary Experiments and Analysis 72

........................................... 4.1 Chusen Parameters 72 .................................... 4.1.1 Due Date Tighmess -74

4.2 The Choice of Different Factor Levels for the Prelirninary ................................................ Exprimenu 76

............ 4.3 Preliminary Studies on the System Under Full Acceptaace 78 ..................... 4.3.1 Findings from the Preliminary Studies -79

4.3.1.1 AllReguiarûrders .............................. 79 ........................... 1.3.1.2 Two Ciasses o f Oder -83

....... 4.4 Preiiminary Experiments InvoIving Input Control Mechanisms -85 .............. 44.1 Experiments Involving ûnly "Replaf' Orders -86

................. 4.4.1.1 Effect on OPA, OFTL and OPRL -87 ............. 4.4.1.2 EfféctonOFI', OMLTandOWTORQ -89

4.4.1.3 Effect on the VariabilÎty of Order Amval into the ORQ and on the Variability of the Load inheORQ .................................... 90

LIA . 1.4 l3ect on the VariabiZity of Overail Flow Tirne (Om ................................... 97

Page 8: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

4.4.2 Experiments Involving Both Regular and Urgent Orders ....... -93 .......................... 4.4.2.1 Experimental Approach 94

................................ 44-22 Effect on OPA -95

Chapter S .................................... Main Experiments and Analysis 97

5.1 The Effect of the Control Parameters of the Accept/Reject ........................ Rules on the Main Performance Measures -98

............................. 5.1.1 The BUS AccepüReject Rule 98

............................ 5-12 The TAL AcceptlReject Rule 103 5.2 Fmding the Optimal Control Policy for Given Envuonmental

................................................. Conditions 103 ............ 5.2.1 The General Approach to Fiiding the Optimum -104

............... 5.3 Optimal Control with the BUS as AccepüReject Rule 106 .......................... 5.3.1 The Case of Al1 Regular Orders 106

5.3.1.1 Influence of DL m e n Other Factors Are Fixed ............................ at Tùeir Base Levels 106

5.3.1.2 Influence of DLV When Other Factors Are Fied ............................ at Their Base Levels 107

5.3.1.3 Influence of PïV When Other Factors Are Fied ............................ at Their Base Levels 107

5.3.1.4 Influence of DDT When Other Factors Are Fied ............................ at Their Base Levels 109

............. 5.3.15 Muence of DL under Changing DLV 109 ........................ 5-32 The Case of Two Classes of Order 110

5.3.2.1 Influence of DL When Other Factors Are Fixed ........................... at Their Base LeveIs . I l i

5.3.2.2 Influence of DLV When Other Factors Are Fixed ............................ at Tùeir Base Levels 114

5.3.2.3 Muence of PTV When Other Factors Are Fxed ............................ at Their Base ieveis 115

5.3.2.4 Muence of PU0 When Other Factors Are Fiied ............................ at Their Base Levels 115

5.3.2.5 infiuence of DDT When Other Factors Are Fixed ............................ at Their Base Levels 117

............. 5.3.2.6 Muence of DL under Changing DLV 117 ............. 5.3 .2.7 Muence of DL under Changing PTV -118 ............. 5.3.2.8 Influence of DL under Changing PU0 119

5.3.3 Effect of Optimal Choice of HL and RL for BUS on the ............................ Main Performance Measures 120

............... 5.4 Optimal Control with the TAL as AcceptReject Rule 123 ......................... 5.4.1 The Case of AU Regdar Orders -123

Page 9: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection
Page 10: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

552.5 Infiuence of DDT When Other Factors Are Fixed ............................ at Their Base Levels 137

5.5.3 Effect of Optimal Choice of Kirzcr on the Main Performance ............................................ Measures 138

5.6 Cornparison of the Performances of the BUS, TAL and SIMUL Ruies ..................................................... 139

Chapter 6 ................................. Conclusions and Future Research 141

................. 6.1 SummariUng the Main Results From the Research 141 ........................... 6.1.1 Accepmeject Rule Behaviour 141

6.1.2 Performance of the Simdation-based AcceptlReject Rule ...... 143 6.1.3 Optimal Choice of Acceptf'eject Rule Control Limits ........ 144 6.1.4 Accepmeject Rule Behaviour M e n There Are Two Classes

............................................. of Order 145 ........................ 6.2 Applicability of This Research in Ractice 146

....................................... 6.3 Onginal Conm%utions 147 ............................................. 6.3 Future Research !49

Appendix A Appendix B Appendix C Appendix D Appendix E Appendix F Appendix G Appendix H Appendix 1 Appendix J Appendix K

.................. Definitions of Terms Used in the Licerature 163 ................................... input File Description 170

.......................... S trategic AccepUReject Decisions 174 .................... Glossary of Acronyms and S p i a l Terms 176

........................ Description of the Simulation Mode1 181

........................ Results for Preliminary Expeximents 191 ....................................... D-optimai Design 195

....................... Results h m Two-stage input Conuol 199 .............. Accuracy of the Repssion Models of Chapter 5 204

..................... Mai. Performances at Optimal Conuol -213 ....................... Plots for the TAL AccepUReject Rule 232

Page 11: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

List of Tables

Table 3.1 Table 3.2 Table 4.1

Table 4.2

Table 4.3

Table 5.1 Table F . 1 Table F.2 Table H . 1

TabIe H.2

Table H.3

Table HA

Table 1.1 Table L2

Table 1.3 Table L4

TabIe L5 Table 1.6

Table 1-7 Table 1.8

Table L9 Table J.1

Table J.2

Table J.3

...................................... PerformanceMeasures 66 .................... ûrganization of Different Parts of the Mode1 -70

OPA and RxPA at Different Values of DL and R e m A ................................................ (fixed Ku) 80

Mean and CoV of OR. R S ï for Difierent DL, DLV ................................................. and Pm 81

OPA, RxPA and UxPA for DSerent PUO, R e e A .............................................. and UrgFïA 84

Cornparison of AcceptiReject Rules Based on OPA .............. 140 Results for Different Variants of Percent Achievements ........... 192 Results for Different Variants of Fiow Times ................... 193 Expected OPA at Different Combinations of Conuol Limits

.................................... in BUS-BUSM Scenario 200 Expected OPA at Difierent Combinations of Conuol Limits

..................................... in BUS-TRL Scenario 201 Expected OPA at Difierent Combinations of Conml Limits

.................................... in TAL-BUSM Scenario 202 Expected OPA at Different Combinations of Control Limits

..................................... inTAL-TRLScenario 203 Accuracy for the BUS Re,d ar Orden Only Case ................ 205 .4 ccuracy for the BUS Regdar Ordea Only Case

.......................................... (Expanded Test) 206 Accuracy for the BUS Two Order Classes Case ................. 206 Accuracy for the BUS Two Order Classes Case

.......................................... (Expanded Test) 207 Accuracy for ~e TAL Reguiar M e r s Only Case ............... -207 Accufacy for the TAL Re,$ ar Orden Only Case

......................................... (Expanded Test) -208 Accuracy for the TAL Two Order Classes Case ................ -208 Accuracy for the TAL Two Order CIasses Case

......................................... (Expanded Test) -209 Accuracy for the SIML1 Two Order Classes Case .............. -211 OPA. üPA . RPA, UxPA and RxPA under Changing DL DLV . PTV and PUO, When BUS Is Active ................ -226 OPRL UPRL, RPRL, UxPRL and RxPRL under Changing DL, DLV, F W and PUOI When BUS is Active ................ -226 OPTL., UPTL . RPTL UxPTL and lWTL mder Changing

Page 12: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

DL, DLV, PTV and PUO, When BUS Is Active . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .217 TabIe J.4 : OPA, UPA. RPA, UxPA and RxPA under Changing

DL, DLV, PTV and PUO, When TAL Is Active . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -228 Table 1.5 : OPRL. UPRL, RPRL, UxPRL and RxPRL under Changhg

DL, DLV, PTV and PUO, When TAL 1s Active . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -228 Table J.6 : OE'TL, UPTL, RPTL, UxPTL and RxPTL under Changing

DL, DLV, PTV and PUO, When TAL Is Active . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .229 Table J.7 : OPA, UPA, RPA, U S A and RxPA under Changing

DL, DLV. PTV and PUO. When SIMUL is Active . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -230 Table J.8 : OPRL, UPRL, RPRL. UxPRL and RxPRL under Changing

DL, DLV. PTV and PUO. When SIMUL is Active . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -230 Table J.9 : 0% WTL, RFTL. UxFïL and RxPTL under Changing

DL. DLV. PTV and PUO, When SIMUL 1s Active . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -23 1

xii

Page 13: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

List of Figures

Figure 3.1 Fia- 3.2 Figure 3.3

Figure 4.1 Fiam 4.2 Fi.- 3.3 Figure 4.4 Figure 4.5

Figure 4.8

Figure 4.9 Fi-mire 5.1 Figure 5.2 Fi,- 5.3 Figure 5.4 Figure 5.5 figure 5.6 Figure 5.7 Fi,- 5.8 Figure 5.9 Fi,oure 5.10 Fi,oure 5.1 1 Fi,- 5.12 Fi,m 5.13 Fi,- 5.13 Figure 5.15 Fi,- 5.16 Fi_= 5.17 Fi,oure 5-18 Fiaoure 3-19 Fi-pre 5.20 Figure 531 Figure 532

................... The Layout of the Manuiacturing System -39 ................................... Tardiness Cost Curve -47

Sctiematic Di- of the Overail Decision-making Process ............................................... 49

....................... Gamma Distribution at Different CoV 78 .......................... Effecc of DLV on OPA and RxPA 80 .......................... Effect of PTV on OPA and RxPA 81

......... Different Cost Related Terms vs DL (FUU Acceptance) 82 Different Cwt Relaced Terms vs DL (BUS Ail Regular

............................ Scenario With Fixed RLBUS) 83 ....... OPA . OPTL, OPRL vs . CL (for DifYerenr Values of RL) -88

OFT . OMLT and OWTORQ vs . CL (for Different .......................................... Values of RL) 90

Variability of Inter-arriva1 Tme to the ORQ and Load ............... in the ORQ vs . CL (for Dinerent Values of RL) 91 .............. CoV of O R vs . CL (for Different Vdues of RL) 93

............................ . OPA . OPRL and O F I L vs RL -99 ................................. OPA vs . RL Acmss DL -99 ................................ OPRL vs . RL Amss DL 100 ................................ . OPTL vs RL Across DL I O 0 ................................ OPA vs . RLAcross DLV 101 ................................ OPA vs . RL Across Pm 101 ................................ OPA vs . RL Across PU0 102 ................................ OPA vs . RL Across DDT 102

.......................... RL vs . DL (for BUS, PU0 = 0%) 106 ........................ RL vs . DLV (for BUS. PU0 = 0%) 107 ........................ RL vs . FTV (for BUS, PU0 = 0%) 108 ........................ RL vs . DDT (for BUS, PU0 = 0%) 109

........ RL vs . DL under Changing DLV (for BUS. PU0 = 0%) 110 ................................ . HL and RL vs DL (BUS) 1 1 1

........................... OPRL and OPTL vs DL @US) 113

........................... . UPRL and RPRL vs DL (BUS) 113 .............................. HL and RL vs . DLV (BUS) 114

......................... Optimd OPA vs . DLV (BUS . FA) 114 .............................. HL and RL vs . PTV (BUS) 115 .............................. HL and RL vs . PU0 (BUS) 115

OPA . OPRL, OPTL bTRL and üPïL vs . PU0 (BUS) ........ I l 6 .............................. HL and RL vs- DDT (BUS) 117

Page 14: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection
Page 15: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

Fi,m J.2.1

Fi-oure JZ-2

Figure J2.3

F r g m J3.4

Fi-- J.3.1

Fi,oure J3.2

Figure 1.3.3

Figure J.3.3

Figure K. 1

and RxPTL un&r Changing DL PUO, DLV and PTV, ................................... When BUS Is Active 217

Effect of Optimal Control on OPA, OPRL. and OPïL under Cbanging DL, PUO, DLV and PTV, When TAL Is Active .................................. - 2 18 Effect of Optimal Control on UPA, RPA. UxPA. and RxPA under Changing DL, PUO, DLV and PTV, When TAL 1s Active .................................. - 2 19 Effect of Optimal Conmi1 on UPRL, RPRL, UxPRL, and RxPRL under Cbanging DL, PUO, DLV and ETV, WhenTALIsActive ................................... 220 E3fect of Optimal Conml on üPTL, RPTL, UxPTL, and RxPTL under Changing DL, PUO. DLV and Pm,

.................................. When TAL 1s Active -221 Effect of Opumal Control on OPA, OPRL. and OPTL under Changing DL. PUO, DLV and PTV.

333 ................................. When SIMUL 1s Active N-

Effect of Optimal Control on UPA, RPA, UxPA. and RxPA under Changing DL. PUO. DLV and PTV, When SIMUL Is Active ................................ -223 Effect of Optimai Conml on L'PRL. RPRL, UxPRL, and RxPRL, under Citanging DL PUO, DLV and PTV. When SIMUL 1s Active ................................ .224 Effect of Optimd Control on UPTL. RPTL, UxPTL, and RxPTL under Changing DL PUO, DLV and m. When SIMUL Is Active ................................ -225 Plots for the TAL AcceptReject Rule ..................... .233

Page 16: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

Chapter 1

Introduction

Those involveci with the management of manufacturing operarions are fared with the

dificuit task of bdancing often conflicting objectives such as productivity and speed of

customer response. Furthemore, the relative importance of different objectives changes over

time. It is widely recognized today that the objective of high capacity uulization has

gaduaîiy Iost importance cornpared with the need for low inventories, short lead times and

high due date performance and that competing in a global market demands high quatity,

dependable deliveries. Being a iow cost producer no longer guarantees success (Hill. 1985).

while the ability to disth--h one manufacturer h m anotber based on hi@ product qualify

has k e n repiaced by Ume and service-relaced capabilities (MiIier and Roth, 1988). in hi@y

cornpetitive markets. many companies have corne to view customer satisfaction as a key to

maintainhg and increasing their market share. One of the most important measues of the

quaIity of service a company provides is on-cime delivery performance (Ashby and Uzsoy.

I995), aithou@ it should &e recognized that this Ïs not a new concem as Conway et al.

( 1967) noted:

The measure that muses the most interest in those wbo face pracucal

probiems of sequencing is the satisfaction of preassigned due dates .-. the

abiIiv to fulfiU delivery promises on time undoubtedy dominates these other

considerations .'

Page 17: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

The ability to reliably meet due dates, particularly in situations where alIowabIe fiow rimes

are short, is coupled with the ability to keep work in propss W) levels under control. It

is now a generaiiy accepted fact that as WiP increases beyond a certain point, the throughput

ceases to increase. while manuiacturing lead time (MLT) continues to rise. In a seminai

work. Little ( 196 1 ) showed the theoretical relationship among W. throughput and MLT,

hiz_hli@ting that there is a criticai level of WIP that should nor be exceeded in a

manufacniring system if lead time parantees are to be achievable.

Managing and controiiing W P inventories requires weii-defmed Order Review and Reiease

(ORR) strategies. Wight ( 1970) advocated long ago for serious consideration of inputIoutput

conwi within the production planning and control sysrern suggesting a simple principle

wtrich States that work should nor be added ro the shop at a rate thar exceeds the rare or

which the w r k c m be complered. This principle has become known as the principie of

Workload Control (WC).

Research in ORR can be traced back to the 1960s with a substantial volume of research

appearing since then- One concept which has not been weLi investigaced in che existing ORR

literature ts how the ability to seIectively reject customerorders rnight affect the performance

of a manufacturing organization. From the point of view of overall customer service.

rejecting some selected orden, so that the accepted orders can be tinished with an acceptable

level of tardiness. may be better than accepting aii orders and finishg a significant

propomon of them tardy, and with the overail tardiness unacceptably hi*. In fact, rejecting

some orders is the only way to manage a make-twrder manufacturing system where

capacity is fixed and where due dates cannot be influenced, once they are assiped

The present thesis is intendeci to explore the concept of selective order rejection and thereby

contribute to the body of knowledge on input connol. The thesis exciusively focuses on a

fixed capacity make-to-order manufacturïng system and explores in detail how the abiiity to

reject orders affects performance when costs arise due to both job rejection and job tardiness.

Page 18: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

The rest of the thesis is arranged in the fouowing way. Chapter 2 presents a derailed literature

review in the area of workIoad conml which leads to a logical set of objectives for this

thesis. Chapter 3 incluùes a description of the hypothetical manufacturing system which has

been used as a test bed for the fesearch. Chapter 4 reports on some preliminary studies of the

system, explorhg how different factors impact the principai performance measures both

when the system is operating without the abdity to reject any orders and when an explicit

accept./reject capability is addeb Chapter 5 explores how optimal conuol parameters can be

chosen as a function of the system's environmental factors. This chapter reports on the effect

of this optimal connol on the main performance measures of the system. Finally Chapter 6

concludes this thesis hi@@Mg the main contributions of the research and identifymg some

promishg directions for furcher work.

Page 19: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

Chapter 2

Review of Relevant Literature

This chapter outlines the motivation and objective of the present research through an

extensive iiterature review in the area of Workload Control (WLC), which encompasses both

input and output control. This review anatyzes the merits and demerits of a sizeable body of

research that bas been reported to date and identifies the gaps which are worthy of further

researcb for this thesis. The chapter begrns with a generd discussion of inputhutput control,

and subsequently focuses on the Order Review and Release (ORR) mechanisa which is the

key insmrment for input control. While doing so, the pros and cons of ORR, as noted in the

existing iiteranire. are addresseci and Ebe position of ORR in the context of a typicai

Production Pianning and Conml System is idenufied. which is usehi in presenting a

frarnework for ORR. The chapter concludes with a statement of the specfic objectives of the

thesis.

2.1 Input/Output Control

Hi$ vo1umes of work in process. plants nmning behind schedule and due dates being

fiequentiy missed are some of the common happening on the shop ffwr which cost

manufacruers money. As Wight (1970) pointed out, these are the symptoms of a problem

sometimes called Iong Manufacninng Lead Time (MLT). Wight showed that the actud

working Mie of a job in the manufacturhg shop is in fact ten percent or less of the MLT,

Page 20: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

which is the total time spent by the job in the shop. 'Chis is because it spends most of the time

waiting in various machine queues, the queues king out of control.

It is now well known that as work in progress (WIP) inceases beyond a limiting point, the

throughput ceases to increase, while MLT coniinues to rise. In a pioneering work, Little

(1961) showed the theoretical reIatioaship among WIP. hughpu t and MLT. This gives an

indication that there is a critical fevel of WiP that should be maintained in the system to

avoid problems with long lead times while achieving satisfactory throughput.

The three main causes of unconmiled queues, i d e n ~ e d by Wight (1970), are infiated

planned lead time. erratic input to the plant, and inability to plan and control output

effectiveiy. Each of these three is explained in more detail below.

It is a common misconception that longer p l m e d lead rimes CO the customer help meeting

due dates since in reaiity the opposite may be m e as longer lead times may cause more work

to be reteased to the floor which causes pater congestion and longer delays. "As planned

Iead cimes are increased. orden will be generated sooner, thus increasing backiogs in the

shop." (Wight. 1970)

The second cause is erratic plmr input. Releasing jobs to the manufacturing floor as the

system generates requirements, may resdt in a highly erratic input to the shop. Existing

traditional production planning and controI systems provide insuffïcient support to

coordinate the different planning levels which are concemed with the scheduling of the work

orders. With hiziiy uneven input and fked capacity of resources, it cm be ciifficuit to

produce the output at the same rate as the input, so this extra input gets absorbed into the

queues and the backIogs increase and hence the lead time. hitting orders into a shop on the

date when they are supposeci to be md, regardless of available capacity, doesn't really

make a F a t ded of sense. On the shop floor, if there is not enough capacity, and the rate of

input exceeds the rate of output, the orden are ae ly to show up tardy and it is hard to

Page 21: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

determine what the rd priorities are, as they are chaaged since the orders were oiginally

released. A low level of shop backlog (i-e. the jobs which are behind thei. planned p r o p s s

through the shop) can be rnaintained only if the jobs are teleased to the shop at a rate whicti

matches the capacity of the shop. III particular, if the capacity remains constant, so should

the release rate. This emphasizes the importance of conmlling the input of work load into

the system.

The third reason which mi@ cause uncontrolied queues is the lack of conrrol of output.

There is one simpIe d e to control backlogs. and thus conml lead times, which is to keep

the rate of input to the shop equal to or less than the rate of output fiom the shop. It d o w s

the production manager to control another factor which is the rate of output. This can be

managed by adjusting the resource capacity in the shop, as and when needed through

overtime. subconcracting or extra shifts.

So. conuolling the input of work load to the manufacniring system involves judiciously

accepting customer orden andfor releasing the accepted orders to the shop flwr when the

Ume is ripe. Controlling the output deals with manipulating the capaciry of the resources

available to the manufacnrruig system. which might permit the system to deal with some

varïability in woricioad. When the balance between capacity available and demand is

unacceptable. the planning system can reestablish balance by increasing capacity in che

periods where the load exceeds the capacity (e-g., through overtime. subcontracting or extra

shifts as mentioned earlier). This capacity probIem can dso be handled by shifüng and

readjusting the orders to different periods and making appropriate changes to the due dates.

ïhis input/output conuol stems from Wight's principle of Workload Control 0 and the

concept has amacted much interest during the last decade.

The present research explores the situation where the capacity remains constant and thus is

devoted oniy to input conml of manufacturing systems which is typicaliy known as the

Order Review and ReIease (ORR) mechanism.

Page 22: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

2.2 The Order Review and Release (ORR) Mechanism

l'lus section gives an overview of the ORR mechanism, illustrates the position of ORR in

Ehe context of Production Planning and Conml of manufacturing systems, and describes a

framework for ORR.

22.1 The Place of ORR in the Production Planaüig and Control System

In the existing Literature dealing wirh ORR. there is some confusion regardhg the place of

ORR in the context of Production Planning and Control Systems. For example, Mehyk and

Carter (1987) considered ORR as a shop floor control activity. At the same time, the order

release pool (which is generally referred to as a pre-shop pool) is an important component

of ORR and has k e n said to comect the planning system and the shop floor. indicating that

ORR is not wholly a part of either the pIanning system or the shop floor. On the other hand.

Philipoom and Fry (1992) and Bergamaschi et al, (1997) recognized the decision of order

acceptance or rejection as one of the ORR activities. But the activity of accepting an order

is generaüy known as an activity for which the planning system is responsible. So ORR is

partly a planning activity as weii.

In thïs thesis ORR will be viewed as neither a part of the planning system nor of the shop

floor. but it certainly helps the pIanning system to make the order acceptireject decision. It

aiso indudes the preparation of acceptedostiers in terms of accurnuiating ai l the information

about the order requkd by the shop floor personnei. As long as the order preparation phase

is not complete, the order does not leme the plannulg system. After the planning sysrem, an

order may be temporarily held back in the order release pool which is a pre-shop pool for

review and evaiuation of the order and possibly for leveling the load on the shop floor by

choosing the appropriate time to release the order.

Page 23: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

22.2 What is ORR?

ORR deals with controllhg the input of orders to a manufacturing system. Broadly speaking,

it is the process of managing order transition from the customer or the planning systern to the

shop floor. These activities are necessary to conuol the flow of information and orders

passing fiom the planning system to the execution system and to ensure that the orders which

are accepted and released have a ceasonable chance of k ing completed in the desired t h e

and quantity. It is worth noting explicitly that ORR might choose to reject some of the ordes.

223 A Framework for the ORR Mechanism

ORR consists of a i i of the activities that take place from the time when the plauning system

faces a request from a customer to accept an order und chat order (if accepted) is in process

on the fioor. At least two frameworks for ORR can be found in the existing literature. The

fmt, and the most recognized and detailed one, was developed by Melnyk and Carter (1987)

while a second one was developed by Bechte (1988).

According to Bechte (1988), a complete ORR system, in its most generd fom. consists of

three major parts which are order entry phase, pre-shop pool management phase, and order

release phase. In contrast, according to Melnyk and Carter (1987), ORR in its most basic

form consists of three major acavities viz order preparation, review a d evaiuation of

orders, and load leveling. in both of these fiameworks, the activity of order accept/reject

decision-making was not considered specificaiiy, since the concept of this kind of decision-

making as a means to concrol the input of orders in a manufacninng systern was not explicitly

recognized untii Philipoom and Fry (1992). Later on, Bergamaschi et al. (1997) incorporated

the activity of acceptlreject decision-making into the order entry phase of the framework

developed by Bechte (1988).

Page 24: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

In the foiiowing paragraphs the ORR fiamework will be described briefly according to the

,gideIine laid by Meinyk and Carter (1987) with the necessary modification to incorporate

the accepikject decision as suggested by Bergarnaschi er al. (1997) and Philipuorn and FIY

(1992).

The Activities of ORR

ORR is essentiaüy an interface between the customerlmanufacniring planning system and

the shop floor. In its modified fonn, ORR consists of four major activities viz. (1)

Accepr/rejecr decision-making for an order, (2) orderpreparation, (3) rmiew and evaluation

of orders, and 14) I d leveling.

( 1 ) Accepv'reject decision-makingfor an order: This activity decides if a particuiar order will

be accepted or rejected dependhg on some criterion (e-g. shop floor condition. nature of the

order etc. ) .

(2) Order prepararion: This ensures that the order released by the planning system has ail

of the information required by the shop flwr personnel.

( 3 ) Review aitd evaluation of orders: This activity attempts to ensure that orders are

completed in a timely and cost effective rnanner by preventing the release of problem orders.

Problern orders are those which are infeasible due to problems in capacity, t w h g or

material avadability-

(4) L o d leveIUrg: This tries CO Ievei the capacity utilkation over time by smoothing out the

peaks and vaiieys in load on the shop floor. This smoothhg is achieved by controlling the

cime at which orden are actualiy released to the sbop floor. Orciers may be held back in an

"order release pooIU.

Page 25: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

The Comuonents of the Framework

ORR functions are achieved via coordination ktween four major components:

(1) The order release pool,

(2) The shop floor.

(3) The planuing system,

(4) The information system, linking the planning system, the shop floor and the order

release pool.

2.2.3.2.1 The order release pool

The order release pool contains ail the jobs which have been released by the planning system

to the shop floor conuol system but have not yet been released to the shop floor. Thus the

order release pool is a storage area for these unreleased orders, and is also an indicator of free

capacity available since an hcrease in the size of the order release pool indicates some

capacity shortage in the shop. The pool is managed by specifying the timing convenrion,

triggering mechanism and order selecrion rule _goverthg the release of orden h m the pool

to the shop floor.

The timing convention determines when a release can occur. In the case of continuous

release. a job can be released at any time when the system is operative. On the other han&

for a bucketed timing convention. a releast can take place only at some periodic tirne

instants.

The mggering mechanism determines, without violation of the timing convention, when a

release acmaiiy should cake place. There are three kinds of triggers possible: (a) pool-based

Tb) shop-based and (c) pool and shop based. With apool-based tngger. the time of reIease

of a job from the order reiease pool is dependent only on the information about the jobs in

Page 26: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

11

the pool, while in the case of a shop-bosed m e r , the release of work is based on current

conditions on the shop floor, According to the third kind of trisering mechanism, a job c m

be released on the basis of information on both the pool and the shop floor.

Whenever the timing convention and triggering mechanism allow an order release to take

place. it is necessary to select which job is CO be teleased via the order selection rule which

can be either local or global. A seiection d e is very similar to a dispatching nile. A local

selection mie selects a job by stnctly using information about the jobs in the pool, while a

dobal selection d e uses information not oniy from the pool but also fiom the shop - conditions.

2.2.3.2.2 The shop floor

Order Review and Reiease in essence attempts to balance the load released to the shop floor

against the available capacity on the shop fioor. This requires information describing current

load and capacity conditions on the shop floor. This information can be presented in the form

of total shop load or in the form of load by work centre. in the former case, the load is

reponed as one measure and no information is supplied on how the load is distributed over

different work centers. When the Ioad inforaution is presented as a dismbution over the

work centers, the total work Ioad is broken down and reported by work center.

in the presentation of Ioad information, two basic approaches can be foiiowed regarding

time. One is the instuntaneous load approach and the other is the load profie approach. In

the former case. a snapshot of the shop load at a particular time is used and in the later case.

load is reported as the amount of load per period of tirne over a given tirne horizon. e.g. a

shift or a week.

Page 27: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

2.2.3.2.3 The planning system

An important aspect of the ORR process is the flow of orders fmm the planning system to

the order release pooI. The planning system generates the schedule of planned order releases

which implicitiy identifies the future demands on shop capacity. There are two issues which

are important in the use of this schedule. ûne is scheduk visibilizy and the other is schedule

feasibility, Schedule visibiliry is the amount of information given to ORR about future

planneci order releases. When ORR is infomed of only those orders which are mature in the

current period of tirne, it is said thar the schedule visibility is limited. On the other hand, in

the case of mended visibility. ORR is informed about both the releases in the current p e r d

and in periods some distance into the future. This latter type of visibiüty heips identification

and anaiysis of both the current and funire demands on shop-floor resources.

Melnyk and Carter ( 1987) consider two types of schedulefeasibiliry referred to as controlled

and uncontrolled. An uncontrolled scheduie is one which is prepared without evahating the

period-to-period feasibility, and a conrrolled schedule is one which is prepared after

evaiuating the period-to-period capacity feasibiiity (Le. checking that demand is less than

capacity).

2.2.3.2.4 The information system

As per Meinyk and Carter (1987). the information system, the fourth component of the ORR

system, Links the planning system. ORR and the shop floor. Factors reflecting the quaiity of

information that may have effects on the performance of ORR are rimeliness, accuracy and

complereness. Timeliness is the speed with which changes are reflected in Ehe information

suppiied to ORR. in practice. there is always a delay between a change and when it appears

in the database. The accuracy and complereness are aiso affited by the information system.

The information system may i n d u c e ermrs to the data or omit important data As accuracy

deteriorates, the effitiveness of ORR also must worsen.

Page 28: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

M e n these four components viz. the order release pool, the shop noor, the pptanning systern

and the informarion system are combine4 the entire span of decisions involving ORR is

defïned.

23 Pros and Cons of Input Control

Althouefi input conuol of work load has the potential to solve some of the crucial problems

in the management of manufacturing, the approach is not free fiom criticism. These

criticisms are addressed in detail under category (h) of section 7.4 which reviews the existing

titerature in detail.

There are a number of imrnediate benefits of ORR which are readily avdable and upon

which most researches agree. Some of those which were tisted by Lingayar et ai. (199 1) are

as follows:

it controls the level of WIP, by moving the queues from the shop flmr to the order

re1ease pool. Shifting the queue to the pool may give the system added fiexibility by

delayinp the Iatest date for canceilation of. or changes eo an order and aiso, it reduces

the physical congestion on the shop floor.

It serves as a screening process, since it does not release an order unuI alI the

information and resources for processing the order are avaiiable.

It provides asirnple mechanism to handle the important (so called "hotw) orders since

it decides which order to release to the shop flwr.

It works as an indicator of capacity availability. A large inmase in the çize of the

order p l may point to problems with capacity on the shop floor.

in addition. Ragat. and Mabert (1988) commented that compelling reasms exLst for not

releasing jobs as they are received, even when material is avaiIable and aii PR-production

Page 29: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

activities have been completed. Parts deiivered to the finished stockrwm or to the assembly

floor long before they are needed tie up unnecessary capital. Moreover, parts on hand tw

soon rnay disappear, rnay be damaged by excessive handling or may occupy valuable space

too long. In addition, jobs released CO the shop floor too early will compete for resources

(machine tirne) with more urgent jobs and may interfere with the progress of those jobs.

2.4 A Detailed Review of Relevant Literature

The literanue on input control is plentifui. According to Wiiner (1995), "LeGrande (1963)

was perhaps the earliest author to urilize a delayed release mechanism in his experiments,

who used finite forward loading as the order release de ." Ackerman ( 1963), during the sarne

period, reponed research where the author experimented with a dynamic job shop, where he

used simple backward infinite loading (HL) to determine release dates and to plan ovenime.

In other early research, Harty (1969) identified the bottleneck resources and controlled the

release of work to the shop so as not to overload these resources. In ail of these early research

works, the importance of order release has ken recognized and considered as a vital

component of shop flwr control. So, the importance of delayed and judicious release of

orders is clearly not. in isolation. a new concept.

However, Wight (1970) is probably the most weii-known author h m the 1970s to realize

the importance of input control and to advocate for serious consideration of inputIoutput

control within production pianning and conml systerns. He suggested the simple principle

of workload conml which says that work should not be added to the shop at a rate that

exceeds shop capacity, Le. the rate at which work can be completed.

To date. it is possible to £ind a large body of research works focusing on different aspects of

inputIoutput conml. In the following tex& a number of such works are highlighted, grouped

into eight categories according to their underlyiug theme. Some of the order release d e s that

Page 30: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

are addressed by different authors as mentioned below, have been briefly described in

Appendix A, although the list therein is not an exhaustive one.

The research Iiterature will be described under the following categories:

General discussion. overview, and perspective of ORR,

Interaction between order release decisions and other activities on the shop

floor e.g. pnority dispatching, due date se thg d e s etc..

Interaction between ORR and the planning system,

ORR by connohg the workload on the bottleneck machine,

ORR by controlling the arriva1 process,

ORR viewed as a step towards JTT,

ORR by conûolling the output,

Cnacism against ORR.

(a) General discussion. overview. and ~ers~ect ive of ORR

The research papers that are available in this category are mady general discussions of

ORR. Some of them surveyed existing research in ORR and at least a couple of them

conmbuted towards building a framework of ORR. The most ~ i ~ c a n t articIes are Melnyk

and Carter ( 1987)- Mehyk ( 1988), Melnyk and Ragaa (1988. 1989), Melnyk et al. (1994b),

Wisner (1995). Land and Gaalman (1996), and Bergamaschi er ai. (1997).

Melnyk and Carter ( 1987) is the fmt research which conmbuted an overail framework of

ORR. This has k e n previously discussed, in detail. above. It reveals different components

of ORR. and is important in the sense that it indicates possïbIe areas where practitioners can

focus their attention to irnprove the effecxiveness of ORR. This framework is fundamental

in its nahm and has k n foiiowed and reiterated in subsequent work e.g, Melnyk (1988),

Mehyk and Ragatz (1988,1989), and partly by Bergamas~hi er al. (1997).

Page 31: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

Melnyk (1988) diçcussed ORR issues in the broad context of production control. The author

evaluated the statu of research in ORR and commented that there bas been very linie

research to date on ORR systerns in environments which are characterized by long time

horizon. extended schedule visibility and smwthed pIanned Ioad. He also envisaged that

order release has CO play a far more important role in the case of flexible manufacturing

systems and _mup iechnology based work cells than in the case of job shop environments

and that there has been little research done so far in this direction.

Wisner (1995) is the first survey paper on ORR research. The author categorized the order

release poiicies into finire loading techniques (i.e. orden are released when the shop or

machine loadings are less than the desired loadings) and hfznite louding techniques (Le.

orders are reieased at a predetermined release dare. regardless of cunent shop or machine

loadings). He M e r subdivided each of them into fonvord and backward loading

techniques. He also presented various characterisucs of the simulation-based ORR research

in a tabular form. The paper concluded with some directions for further research.

Bergamaschi et al. ( 1997) is a comparatively more ment and uptodate review of existing

ORR research. In this paper. the authors presented a general smcture of ORR. a licerature

review, a framework and a critical andysis of ORR rnethods. They also suggested some

funire research paths. Ei@t main dimensions were considered in this framework that

describe the fundamental principles. characteristics and logic of exisllng ORR techniques.

) Interaction between order release decisions and other activities on the shop floor es .

priorirv dis~atchinn. - due date settinn d e s etc.

Researchers have studied the interaction of order release decisions with other functions of

scheduhg such as due date setting and priority dispatching. Among them, the noted ones

are Ackerrnan ( 19631, irastom and Deane (1974), Adam and Sinkis (1977), Bertrand

(1983b), Shimoyashiro et al- (I984), Morton et al, (1988), Ragaa and Mabert (1988),

Page 32: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

Meinyk and Ragaa (1989). Park and Bobrowski (1989), Bobrowski and Park (1989),

Mahmoodi er al. (19%). h e d and Fisher (1992), Melnyk et al. ( 1994a, 1994b), Ashby and

Uzsoy (1995).

Xckerman (1963) compared severaI "even-flow" scheduling d e s (which are combinations

of BIL reIease and one of three due date oriented dispatch policies). with iMR and four

dispatch policies in a job shop sentng. He found that even-fiow mies provided higher

reliability in on-time completion than any other d e s involving IMR. in this snidy, the

necessary adjustment of the shop capacity was aliowed.

irastoaa and Deane ( 1974) devised an algorithmic procedure for loading and releasing work

to a job shop environment. This d e is fundamentally a FFL rule with the objective king to

conuol and balance workloads among the machine centers. The importance of shop balance

is justified and several mesures of performance are derived. They found that their FFL d e

outperforrned IMR when paired with the dispatch d e s Dynamic Slack per Operation

(DSOP) and Shortest Processing T i e (SPT), in terms of several workioad-oriented

performance rneasures such as Machine Work Balance Index (m), Shop Work Balance

Index (SWB), Machine Queue Balance Index (QW), Aggregate Desirrd Loading Deviation

( 5 1, WiP (in hours) eu. For rhe definitions of these meanues. please see Appndix A.

Adam and Surkis (1977) studied a d ~ a m i c capacity planning approach in a job shop

environment with six work centers. which views the shop as a dpamic statistical system.

taking into account the expected congestion that a job might encounter as it proceeds through

the shop. They compared it with BFL and BIL. The study showed that the dynamic approach

is beaer than BFL which is in rum better than BIL in terms of average lateness and the

number of tardy jobs. ïhey tested these in conjnnction with two dispatch des.

Bertrand (I983b) mdied the performance of a work load dependent scheduling and due date

assi-ment rule ttirough cornputer simulation. The rule used Mie-phased work load

Page 33: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

information and the-phased capacity information. The two releasing methods considered

in this research were random release and a coatrolied release to niaintain a specifîc work load

n o m The results showed that tirne-phased workioad information rnay decrease the variance

in lateness as compared with tirne-aggregated (i-e. non-tirne-phased) infornation only. It was

shom that by selecting appropriate parameter values, both a constant mean lateness and a

smaU variance of Iateness cm be obtained with this type! of assignment rule.

Shimoyashiro et al. ( 1984) studied order release methods in a job shop, based on the work

load balance across machines and across time periods simdtaneously and also considering

the Limitation of the work input into the shop. They compared FFL and IMR using MSOP

and FCFS dispatching and found that FFL outperformed IMR in a i i cases in terms of

machine utilization, flow time. and job lateness.

Morton et al. (1988) used a cost-based performance measure to compare a dynamic FFL

heuristic wich eight other combinations of release and dispatch des, in different shop floor

confi,ourations and found tbat the controlled release heuristic perfonned bener than other

policy combinations.

Ragatz and Mabert ( 1988) evaiuated five releasing mechaniSm and four dispatching niles

under three Ievels of due-date tighmess, shop cost stnicture. and machine utilization using

simulatioo. In this paper. the five mechanisms that were tested were IMM. BIL, LW MNJ,

BFL ïhe four dispatching d e s that were considered were FCFS. SR. EDD, and CR. The

results of this study showed that controliing the release of work to the shop flwr in a job

shop system can substantially improve the performance of the system in ternis of total shop

cost jobs on the s h p floor, deviation from due dates. and job queue times. The totai cost

consists of lare delivery cost and holding cost for both work in progres and finished-goods

inventory. In this snidy, the smng performance of the MIL d e suggested that both

information about the characteristics of the job and about current shop congestion can be

usefui in setting rdease dates. The total cost performance of BFL varied but the sensitivity

Page 34: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

analysis showed that under lower levels of utilization or Iower lateness cost to holding cost

ratios. BFL can provide very good results.

Melnyk and Ragatz ( 1989) examined the ORR funcuon and its impact on the operation of

the shop floor. They attempted to provide a betrer undersmding of this element by

presenting a lramework for ORR. This paper also explored the relationship between ORR

and job dispatching rhrough a computer simulation rnodeL The results showed that the

presence of an order release mechanism can have a significant effect on the performance of

the production system. The use of either the WCEDD or AGGWNQ release mechanisms,

when compared to the NORR, resulted in poorer performance in ternis of the delivery

performance measutes: however the use of either WCEDD or AGGWNQ resulted in better

performance when evaiuated using the W P and workload bdance measures. Another

conclusion identified by the snidy was that while connoihg order release may not reduce

the totai Unie an order spends in the system. it does influence where the order spends its

waiting rime.

Park and Bobrowski ( 1989) examined the role of labour flexibility in conjunction with the

shop's abiiity to regdate the type and number of jobs active on the shop floor for processing.

The release mechanisms that regulate the jobs on the shop floor considered both job and shop

information in determining the job release cime. Two release mechanisms with three labour

fiexibility and two labour assignment rules were sirnulated in this study using two Ievels of

job due date Bghtuess. ResuIts showed that there was no statîstically sitnificant ciifference

in the performance using finite loading and infinite Ioading release mechanisms.

In another paper. Bobrowski and Park (1989) snidied the effects of several release

mechanismi on the performance of a dual resource constnked job shop. Four release

mechanisms were tested in conjunction with two dynamic. due date oriented dispatching

d e s . The job shop environment was specified by two IeveIs of due date tïghtness. A Iabour

and machine itmited job shop mode1 was used to simulate the shop performance. For the dual

Page 35: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

resource constrained job shop. the research indicated that release mechanisms deveIoped

initially for the machine constrained shop are applicable and produce significant performance

improvements over an immediate releast mie.

Mahmoodi et al. ( 1990) studied a controiied cornparison of three order releasing and two due

date assigrnent heuristics (in one due &te is internally set. wMe in the other it is set

extemaiiy) in conjunction with six scheduiing heuristics in a cellular manufacturing

envuonment. In the controlled release mechanism. the release rime for an order is estimated

by subtracting a flow time estimate of the order from its due date. The Bow tinie of the order

is cdcuiated as the sum of the total processing rime of the order and a weighted total number

of jobs on the route of the order. Results showed that controiled release deteriorates flow

urne. lateness. and tardiness performance and was inferior to both immediate and interval

release. Under the mechanism of intexval release, ali jobs were released CO the shop every

four hours. Conwlled release seemed to work best in the case of low load and ught due

dates. haiysis of different dispatching rules showed the relative performance remained

unchanged by the presence of different order release mechanisms. Comparison of internally

and extemaiiy set due date mechanisms indicated simpler. nondue date oriented heuristics

demonstrated as good a performance as the more complex due date oriented heuristics when

shop mformation was uulized to assign job due dates. The authors Cound that in a

manufacniring ceii, the use of shop flwr information was effective for due date assi_enment.

but was not wonhwhile for order releasing. The poor performance of controiied order

release. according to the authors. can be overcome by more accurate and precise estimation

of Bow tirne. and more effective releasing mechanisms.

Ahmed and Fisher (1992) studied the interaction between due date assignment, job order

release d e s and sequencing d e s . The authors used a dynamic five-machine job shop in

which early shipments are prohibited. Performance of the system was meamrd primarily in

tenns of the total cost (Le. WiP cost, finished goods holding cost, and Iate penaky cost)

incurred by the shop. The resuits support existence of a three way interaction between the

Page 36: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

due date, release, and sequencuig procedures as well as an interaction between shop

utiiization and different cornbinations.

in a comparatively recent study, Meinyk et al. (1994a) experimented with a situation where

the tirne interval between two successive releases is sampled h m a distribution and studied

the impact of Mereut types of distribution as well as the variation of parameters within the

same type, on shop performance. ï h e authors performed a simulation study of a random job

shop with a full factorial experimental design and demonstrated that the type of distribution

does affect the performance. Moreover. this research conciuded that the performance of the

shop floor is affecteci by the way the orders are released by the planning system.

Melnyk er al. (1994b) studied the combined effect of variance conml (variance created in

the planning systern through uneven Ioad and &O in the shop floor through varying process

times of the released batches), ORR and dispatching d e s in a simulated job shop. The

authors carried out a full factorial expriment with two types of job release by the planning

system (vk. one is as-is and the other one is with smoofhing peaks and valleys of weekly

loads planned to be released). two ORR mechauisms (vit immediate release and load lirnited

release). two levels of process Ume dismbution (exponential and uniform with identicai

rnean process tirne for each disaïbution) and five dispatching d e s (vk. FCFS. Sm, MINSLK. S/OPN. CRR). The authors found that the presence of variance control at both the

planning and shop flwr levels can _oreatiy enhance che effectiveness of ORR and also if used

effectively, variance control cm p l y reduce the need for a complex dispatching d e .

&hby and Uzsoy (1995) repurted on the development of a number of scheduling policies

inte--ring order release. p u p schedubg, and order sequencing for a _mup technology ceIl

in the presence of sequencedependent senip times and dynamic job amvals. Resulw show

that the new xheduhg policies. which consider setup tirnes as weii as due dates in both

order release and job sequencing decisions. substantially improve due date performance.

Page 37: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

(c) Interaction between ORR and the ~lannino svstem

There are interactions between the planning system and the ORR decisions. In this line of

research. there are not many research works available. Wisner (1995) has mentioned two of

them. They are by O'Grady and &oza (1987) and Melnyk et al. (199 1 ) .

O'Grady and Azoza (1987) used an order release policy based on the weighted sum of the net

excess srockover the planning period and a workload smoothing value for each job. The jobs

were Ioaded to the shop in the current planning period in the ascending order of the above

mentioned weighted sum untiI a value of upper input workioad for the current pend was

reached. The weights were varied and combined with FCFS and SPT dispatching at various

levels of shop loading, and an optimal weight for the rekase function was found using total

cost as a performance measure. W e computing the net excess stock for the current period,

WIP. present stock levek. expected demand and safety stock are taken into account. So a

release decision integrates the essential hc t ions of production planning on a job to job

basis. The aurhon proposed three different expressions for the workload smoothing value

and Left the choice as a topic of furcher research-

Melnyk et al. (1991) examine4 through a cornputer simulation of a random job shop, how

smoothhg by the planning system can improve system performance and enhance the effects

of ORR. The authors tested the system with Poisson input when each job was assigned adue

date on its arrivai whicti is equal to the sum of its arriva1 tirne and its weighted total

estimated work content. Smoothing was done by dehning a maximum and a minimum

amount of work that the pianning systern is ailowed to send to the shop floor in each

planning period. The closer these two limits are. the smoother is the input of work to the

shop. This amount of work was then released to the shop or was temporarily held back in the

order release pool by the existing order release mechanism for further smoothing of load on

the shop floor. The "filtering" mecbisms of the pI;tnning system smoothing and ORR have

a complementary impact on the system,, with smoothing working to reduœ flow time and

Page 38: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

flow time variabiiity and ORR working to reduce WiP and W P variabiIicy. The combination

of smoothing with ORR. results in shoner and more consistent kad times, Iower and more

stable WIP leveb and better delivery performance, which results in a very stable and

predictable system. The smdy &O shows that the combined effect of smoothing and ORR

can improve the performance of simple shop Eioor dispatching d e s iike fmt-corne-first-

s e ~ e d to the pint where &ey are cornpetitive with more sophisticated due dare-oriented

d e s .

(d) ORR bv controihv the workload on the bottleneck machine

A number of researchers have considered the release of orders by examining the condition

of bonleneck machines.

Glassey and Resende (1988) inuoduced a bonleneck order reiease suacegy which seeks to

avoid starving bottIeneck machines by ensuring reIease of jobs as the work content for the

bottleneck falls beIow certain levels. It had the objective of hi& botùeneck utilizatioa and

Iow inventory. They tested several combinations of release and dispatcb policies and found

their release algorithm to perform the best.

Wein (1988) tested iMR (with Poisson and deterministic inter-arriva1 times). cIosed ioop

input, and workload reguiating input in combination with fouteen lot sequencing d e s for

several different modeIs of a wafer fab. In the case of closed lwp input, the number of lots

in the system is kept constant, whereas in the case of workioad regulating input, a lot is

released into the system wttenever the total amornt of reremaining work in the system for any

bottieneck station fdis below a prescribed level. Rwuits show that schedubg has a

signXmt impact, with Iarger improvements coming h m discretionary input conml than

h m lot sequencing d e s . Workioad regulaihg inputs performed the best. He concluded that

in an environment where control over inputs can be exercised, the biggest improvements c m

be achieved thmugh input conwl.

Page 39: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

Roderick et al. (1992) snidied the concept of operating a factory at constant W. They

considered random processing times with various shop sizes and o d e s having s M a r and

disshilar routings. The authors investigated four order release strategies, of which the fmt

cwo were a constant WIP order release strategy and a bottleneck strategy, wwtiich were

developed with the help of characteristic curves, defining the relationship between W and

the rate of production. The bottleneck strategy was simiIar to the "starvation avoidance"

policy of Glassey and Resende (1988). The third strategy matched order rdease to those

orders completing production over prior cime periods and the fourth strategy fixed order

release at a desired level of production output. Among these four the constant WIP and the

bottieneck strate3 perfomed better under a wide variety of shop conditions, although the

bonleneck strategy couid never outperform the constant WIP suategy.

Philipoorn et al. ( 1993) investigated the performance of capacity-sensitive ORR procedures

in job shop environments. The authors proposed a capacity sensitive ORR procedure caiied

path-based bottieneck (PBB) and compared it with modified infinite loading (ML). Their

PBB procedure is based on lirniting the flow of work to those machines which are capacity

constrained, and likely to become bottienecks in the near future. Results showed that PBB

worked well in lowering total costs when the due date was tight. wWe MIL was a bener

procedure wirh relatively Ioose to medium due dates tightness.

A similar conceptuai approach was also implemented by Melnyk and Ragatz (1989) with

heir WCEDD and AGGWNQ models. as mentioned earlier.

(e) ORR bv controiiing the amval urocess

There has been some research where the arriva1 process itself is controiIed by deciding if an

incoming order from the customer will be accepteci or rejected. Since amanufacturing system

can be weU represented as a queuing system, the research in queuing theory is relevant in the

case of rnantxfacniring systems. Models h m queuing theory are now widely recognized as

Page 40: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

usefui aids toward understanding and conaolhg congestion wtiile maintainhg throughput

in many production, service and ~ m t i o n system

in a bibliography of research on optimal design and conml of queues, Crabill et al. { 1977)

iisted a wide variety of research in queuing theory spanning across six bmad categories. In

this paper. five types of possible conuol of the arrival process are mentioned which are as

A facility exercising an extreme conuol of accepring or rejecting customers.

This amounts to changing the arrival rate h m its normal level (accept) to

level zero (reject).

A facility exercising an intermediate conno1 on the amval process (e.g. by

altering the mean arrivai rate), with al astomers accepte&

Customes themselves making the decision of accepting or rejecting the enny

to the queue (by reacting to certain pricing policy or tous or to estimates of

system congestion).

Cuscomen optimizinp their own individual objectives against opumizing

social or group goals. In this category, research attempts to develop a pricing

rnechanism that induces customers to act in a sociaiiy optimal m e r .

C o n m i h g the decision when a system should no Ionger accept custorners

i.e. when to "close down" operation.

ï h e authors cited several references for the exneme type of conmI as mentioned viz.

Lippman (1975). Lippman and Ross (1971), MiIIer (19691, Scott (1969, 1970).

In a more ment study, Stidham (1985) also reviewed the researcb on optimal conuol of

admission to aqueue, He reviewed both static [open-hop) and dynamic (closed-loop) models

for controI of admission to a queuing system. The main empbasis was ou the ciifference

between socidy optirmi and Îndividuaily opumal conmk.

Page 41: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

A l of this research work on controlling the admission into queue(s) involves simple

anal_vtical smdies and is unable to handle the complexity of real manufacturing systems. On

the experimentai side, Wester et al. (1992), ten Kate (1994) and Phïiipoom and Fry (1992)

report simulation-based research on arriva1 process controi. This research was motivated by

the inadequacy of the delayed order release strategy to improve deiivery performance in

make-twrder manufacturing systems. The experimental mearchers in the area of WLC

have realized only relatively recently the importance of controiling the arrivai process irself-

In fact, they did this as a last mort, only after thoroughly examining the constrained order

release strategy (while accepting al1 orders), because rejecting an order means cenainiy

Iosing the possible profit from the order and possibly tarnishing the manufacturer's goodwiii.

They understood that rejecting some orders is the ouly solution in a rnake-tomder

environment where capacity is fmed and due dates of orders cannot be manipulated.

Wester et al. (1992) experirnented with a make-to-order multi-product single machine

m a n u f a c h g system to smdy the interdependence between order acceptance, production

pianning and scheduiing. The authors investigated the level of information needed as a basis

for a good acceptance decision. They explored k e basic approaches to accept an order. In

the monolithic approach. the acceptance decision is based on detailed informaiion on a

current production schedule for ail formerly accepted orders. In the hierarcttic approach, the

acceptance strategy is based on a global capacity load profile only, while detailed scheduling

of accepted orders &es place at a Iower level. In the myapic approacfi the acceptance

decision is similar to the one in the hierarchic approach, but the scheduhg is myopic in the

sense that once the machine becomes ide only the next order to be pruduced is actuaiiy

scheduied. The expriment showed that the differences between the performance of these

three approaches are small. The slightly better performance of the monolithic approach was

due to the selective acceptance rnechanism impiicitiy present in the case of a heavy

workload-

ten Kate (1994) cornpared two coordination mechanisms between production and d e s

Page 42: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

activities viz. a hierarchical approach and an integrated approach. In the hierarchical

approach the scheduiing function and the order acceptance approach are separated and the

oniy information which is shared is the agpregate information on the workload The decision

whether or not to accept an order is based on aggregate characteristics of the set of already

accepted orders. The production schedde is periodicdly updated for the orders accepted

recentiy. In the inregrared approach order acceptance and production scheduiing are

integrated. The decision whether or not to accept an order is taken by determining a good

production schedule which includes the new order. The researcher compared both the

approaches in an experimental setting and conchded that for most of the situations there is

relatively little difference between the two approaches. M y for severe situations i.e. short

lead rimes. hi@ utilization rate, does the integrated approach outperform the hierarchicd

approach.

Philipoom and Fry (1992) studied capaciry-based ORR strategies. They simulated a

manufacnuing facility which was a hybrid job-shop comprised of twelve machines grouped

into five work centers. En this research, the assumption that al1 ordea received by a shop will

in fact be accepted was relaxed- Three rnethods to determine whether or not to accept an

order were tested in this research. ResuIts suggested that considerauon of shop loads was

berter than random rejection in determining whether an order should be accepted or rejected

by the shop. The expriment showed that rejecting a small percentage of the h v i n g work

can result ia dramatic improvements in shop performance. The study also suggests hat an

order review methodology based on path Ioads is more effective than one based on aggregate

Ioad in the entire shop.

Wouters (1997), aiso makes a conmbuüon in this area by discussing the economic

considerations for order acceptance. Only those costs are relevant in order acceptance, which

would be avoidable if the order is not accepted (incremental costs plus oppominity costs).

The author noted that in practice it is difficuit to apply the concepts of reIevant costs to

practicai order acceptance decisions. The production pianning and control funaïon can

Page 43: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

28

provide some of the information that is required for caiculating the relevant costs invotved

in a particuiar order acceptance decision. This information concerns capacity cost behavior

(to cdcuIate incrementai costs) and planned capacity utilization (to caiculate opportunity

costs). Moreover, the author suggests that to assess the reliability of these caiculations, the

information on planned versus actuai capacity utiiization, planned versus actual cost behavior

and on the variation of contribution mareoins can help.

(f) ORR viewed as a steD towards JiT

Some mearchers have viewed ORR as a step towards implementing JiT. Among them

Spearman et al. (1990), Lingayat et al. (1991), Spearman and Zazanis (1992) deserve

mention.

Spearman et al. (1990) proposed a 'hybrid' pusWpull system that would maintain constant

WIP. Jobs are pulied into the system by the completion of any job and are pushed from one

machine to another, which mates a constant W P system.

Lingayat et al. ( 199 1) pointed out that an order release mechanism provides a simple method

of implementing a near pull system by controiling the flow of raw materiai. The

characteristic of the order reiease mechanism v k to hold on to the orders in the form of raw

mareriais untii needed by someone dowu the Iine, is a feam similar to a JiT system. The

oniy difference is releases are controiied oniy at the raw materiai stage. The authors

supported their view by a simulation study of a flexible multi-product flow system in a make-

twrder environment. They developed an order release mechanism which released a set of

successive jobs in the order release pool starting from the head of the pool, whenever the

total workioad of orders in the set reached a desired value. This vaiue was defined as the

minimum operation load for a particular batch process of the system, The orders in the order

release pool were arranged in a non-increasing order of their workloads. It was aiso ensureci

that an order is not held back for more than a specined amount of rime- The results showed

Page 44: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

that the mean time spent on the shop floor and its standard deviation were signiticantly less

when using their order release mechanism. Also the maximum time spent on the shop floor

was at least 50% less. However, the total time in the system went up for some order types.

Spearman and Zazanis (1992) compared a "puli" system with a "push" system and

commented that the pull system is bener because the puil system produces less congestion

and it is easier to control. Also, the benefits of a puii environment owe more to the fact that

WfP is bounded than to the practice of ''puiiing" everywhere. They ais0 identified a bybrid

control snategy called "CONWIP", that has push and puil characteristics and outperfonns

both pure push and pure pull systerns.

(g) OFüt bv conuolling the outuut

Controlling the lead time can be achieved in yet another way Le. through the conuol of shop

production capacity. Hendry and Kingsman (1991) implemented a conuol system in which

input, in tenns of orders released to the shop. and output, in terms of capacity, are conuolled

at the same time.

Onur and Fabrycky ( 1987) presented acombined inputIoutput control system for periodicaiiy

determinhg the set of jobs to be released and the capacities of processing centres in a

dynamic job shop, so that a composite cost function is minimized. An interactive heuristic

optimization algorithm incorporahg a mixed integer program was formulated. The resulting

control system was compared by simulation with an altemate system for which only the input

was subject to control. Results showed that signincant improvements were achieved in the

overail performance (in terms of cost) under hi& shop congestion, but not in the situation

when the shop was lightly loaded. Significant improvements were also achieved for the mean

80w tirne, flow cime variance, mean tardiness, tardiness variance. and WIP inventory levels.

Hendry and Wong (1994) examined three order reIease d e s . Two of the mechanisms

Page 45: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

assume that the set of jobs to be released is given and the capacity of the resources cannot

be adjusted, whiIe the third d e can adjust capacity as soon as new jobs are entered into the

system and released to the shop floor. Their simulation study showed that the latter rule is

the best one under delivery performance and workload measures, but does not do so weii

under a workload balance measure.

Liugayat et al. (1995) reported on an order release mechanism applied to a flexible

manufacturing systern. Here the rule noi oniy decides which order to release and when to

reiease it. but also detemines the rouung of the order. This mechanism has been compared

CO the CONWIP approach, and they found that the mechanism in question not oniy improves

the mean shop flow Ume under aü load conditions. but also reduces the variance of this

measure. The system ffow time dso decreases at hi@ load levels. They suggested that the

choice of an order release mechanism is more important than the choice of a dispatching nile.

(h) Criticisrn acainst ORR

The ORR approach is not free of criticism and its positive impact has been challenged by

several researchers.

Input control ce&y reduces the manufacturing lead Ume (i.e. the cime the job actually

spends on the shop floor) of a job. but as Melnyk and Ragau (1989) found, this reduction

may be more than offset by the tirne spent in the order reIease pool, which is a pre-shop

queue. So the introduction of order release mechanisms rnight not reduce customer order

lead rime or system flow time (i-e. the t h e the order spends in the system from its

acceptance und it exits from the system), but rather it might shift the queue tinie from the

shop to the order release pool.

Moreover. as Baker (2984) noted aittiough input contrd sueamiines the flow of work on the

shop floor and makes scheduIing easier, it also n q rnake scheduiing less effective. In

Page 46: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

particular, any scheme that restncts the set of jobs avaiiable for scheduiing wiii remove some

options that would oherwise &e avaiiable. At the mugin, this kind of restrktion can cause

some deterioration in schedule performance. He experimented with a simplified single

machine simulation model and presented a the-part conno1 system consisting of due date

assignment. order releasing decision, and dispatching decision. The results showed that

modified due-date priorities perform more effectively than other priority ruies when

performance is measured by average tardiness. Moreover. the experiments indicate thai

performance under the modined due-date is not improved by the use of input control. On the

contrary, with dispatching ruies that rely on shortest-fint or critical ratio properties, the

experiments indicate that input control is not always advantageous.

Bertrand (1983a 1983b) has reinforced this criticism by showing that some ORR techniques

can lead to long delays in the pre-shop pool such that the overail system flow time may be

increased for some ordes.

Kanet (1 988) aiso exarnined the performance of a shop floor with load-limited order release

such that whenever the inventory of work at a work center exceeds some critical value,

further release of orders which are routed to that work center is prohibited. After the

inventory is processed, release of work to the shop is again aiiowed, The author reported a

cornparison between analyticai resdts for an W l queuing model, dong with existïng

simulation studies of mdti-machine job shops. Resulu showed that system flow time,

inventory, and tardiness dl deteriorate to the extent that Ioad Iimits introduce idle Srne into

the schedule. The author advised caution when implernenting input connol at any work

center other than a ,weway station lie. the b t station on the route of an order). He

concluded that. whiIe ORR may reduce the the an order spends on the shop floor, it rnight

not reduce the overail systern flow time, when the waiting time in the order reIease pool is

aIso counted. He also cornmenteci that the usage of ORR strategies, MpIemented CO reduce

the customer dehvery time. might have the oppsite effect

Page 47: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

The fact that the overall system flow time cannot be reduced by the ORR mechanism alone,

has also been supported by Melnyk and Ragatz (1988) and by Meinyk et al. (1994b).

Mehyk et al. ( 1994b) med to resolve this dilemma around ORR by defining the applicability

and role of ORR techniques. They concluded that:

"The performance of an ORR system is strongiy dependent on the presence

of variance control at both the planning and the shop floor level. One way of

understanding the activity of an ORR mechanism is simply as a filter and a

fme-tuning mechanism which essentidy decouples the planning system from

the shop flwr and its performance."

Fredendall and Melnyk (1995) tned to further clarify whether or not ORR mechanisms can

be of benefit. They reported in their smdy that:

"ORR systems do reduce the variance of performance measures, and they do

have a direct impact on system performance. However they are not the

dominant variables in the shop. Rather, they modify the performance of the

planning system that ultimately generates the schedules. As a result, their

performance is highly dependent on the performance of the planning system.

As such. ORR mechanisms can be best described as king partial rnediating

variables. Consequently, ORR mechanisms shouid not be viewed in isolation

from the planning environment in which they are used."

Thus. if the order release pool is exposed to high variability of workioad, ORR cannot release

a i i of the work and waiting time in the order reIease pool increases. Sirnilady when the

variance of the shop floor is hi$, ORRbecomes overwhelmed. This suggests that there may

be a specïfic range of variance witbia which ORR works effectively.

Page 48: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

Motivation for the Present Researcb

In ment years, academicians and mearchers in the area of manufacniring system conuol

have been able to identifv more conuoiiable variables than ever before.

"For example, with the advent of beuer capacity planning systems such as

Capacity Requirement Planning (CRP), we can influence the loads released

to the shop by identimng and managing any peaks and valleys in the load.

We cm also affect the rate and mix of work released to the shop floor

through the use of Order Review/Release (ORR). Finally. we can also reduce

the variability in process rimes on the shup floor through the use of

techniques such as Singie Minute Exchange of Dies (SIV(ED) (Shingo, 1985)

and lut-In-Time Manufacturing (JT) practices." (Melnyk n aL. 1994b)

in eariier thes , these variables were tfiought ro be beyond the control of management and

hence the Freedom to manipulate the activities of boch the planning and conml of the

manufacnuing system was restricted. As Eilon et ai. (1975) pointed out, " if the arriva1 of

jobs. their processing requirernents. and the operathg facihies are given. the only control

parameter at the disposal of the schedder is ... the order in wùich the job should be

processed." The _mwing awareness regarding these broder conml options has produced

a large number of research p p n concenring different aspects of delayed and judicious order

release in the last two decades. But this obviously did not solve the problem except providing

partial benefits as mentioned in section 3.3.

As pointed out by Melnyk et al. ( 1994b) and as has ken already mentioned in the previous

section. the incapability of the order release rnechanism aione to d u c e the system flow rime

makes it necessary to have a gwd planning system which feeds orciers into the order release

pool with low variability. If the order release mechanism is exposed to the extemai dynamics

of order arrivais then the order release pool will most UeIy be overloaded at times by the

Page 49: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

incoming orden, since the orders are going to wait for release due to capacity shortage during

that time period. However sophisticated the order release d e may be, the order release pool

wiIi not be able to release the waiting orden unless the required capacity is again availabIe.

This will make the system flow t h e no better. Hence it seems that the concept of careful

acceptance or rejection of orders is the only solution in make-to-order manufacnrring

environments where capacity and due date (i-e. flow ailowance) are fixed. The barrier of

acceptance or rejection mi& serve here as a filter to the manufachuhg system, which is

expected to reduce the variabiliry.

The importance of controiiing orders at the entq to the shop Boor has already k e n

recogized in the research literam. As has been pointed out earlier. in queuing theory

research the concept of controlling the arriva1 process bas been around since 1969 while on

the experimentai side. Philipoom and Fry (1992). ten Kate ( 1994) and Wester er ai. ( 1992)

are the ody three published research work so far in this area There is a ciear gap and scarcity

of research regardhg this. Controlled acceptance needs to be studied in the context of more

compiex experimentai settings (unlike the simplistic settings of queuing theory research) and

deserves closer anention regarding how this conml should be adjusted depending on various

uncontrollable environmental factors under which the rnanufacturing systern is operating so

that the maximum benefit cm be achieved. This wiU provide a manager the necessary

understanding and insight to manipulate the control relative to the dyarnics of

uncontroilable factors to achieve the best possible benefit for that circumstance. Studying

what should be the suitable choice of control policy under a given circumstance was absent

in any of the experirnentai research done before, Both of Philipoom and Fry (1992) and

Wester et al. (1992). in one or more of their order acceptance strategies, accepted an order

ody if the workload (which is defmed in some fashion) is not more than a maximum Mt.

In their research they did not snidy how to chmse this conml Limit to suit a $ven set of

values for the uncontrollable factors. This present research is motivaîed and fwused towards

this direction.

Page 50: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

Apart fiom this, several researchers have aiready flagged the possibility of M e r research

involving accepcing or rejecting an order. Amonp thern, Land and Gaalman ( 1996). Malhona

er al. (1994) and Jensen et al. (1995) are the noced ones. Land and Gaahan (1996) observed

the importance of keeping the order reIease pool size stationary. The authors noted that,

"'Existing WLCconcepts confronted with smng dynamics of the incoming Stream of orders

will depend on either high flexibility of capacity or possibilities to reject stationarity

disturbing orders at the entry level." On the other hand, Malhona et al. ( 1994) and Jensen et

al. ( 1995) advocated further research to selectively accept the normal priority orders, while

managinp a twoclass orcier system.

The situation of multiple order classes has not been smdied, when some form of input control

is operallve. When input control mechanisms are used in a situation of multiple order classes

with orders having differences in importance. a great deal of oppominity exists to conml the

manufacturing system through seiective acceptance of orders to rnanipdate the service level

of different classes of order.

2.6 Objective of the Research

The objectives of the present research stem h m the motivation as stated in the previous

section. More specificdy. the objectives of the research are as foliows:

To explore in detail the behaviour of two aiternative algorithmic acceptlreject d e s

in order to bth gain insight into the basic operation of systems where the rejection

of orders is aiiowed and to quanufy how the perfomance of such d e s is affected by

cenain key factors in the environment of the wider manufacniring systern.

To compare the performance of a new simulation-based acceptlreject d e with the

two dgorithmic d e s to identiQ under what, if any* cucumstances this d e may

Page 51: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

outperfom the others.

The appiicability of sirdation in the area of manufacnuing systems anaiysis is weii-

known since it can handie cornplex stochastic systems in arbitrary detail. As Grant

( 1988) pouited out, "Histondy, simulation techniques have been highiy successful

and usd extensively for the planning and analysis of current operations and proposed

designs." From the iiterature review in the earlier section. it is clear that there has not

b e n any research so far which uses tbis capability of simulation in deciding the

acceptmce of the customer order. This justifles the implementation and testing of a

simulation-based order acceptance sûategy.

(üi) To investigate the optimal choice of accept/reject nile, and of any control parameters

of the chosen d e , as a function of the primary environmental factors of the wider

manufacnuing system.

This is another area where no work has been doue so f a - It is cIear that the conml

paranieters that work best in a particular situation will not necessarily be the best in

a different situation, thus it is necessary that the parameten are chosen appropriately

as a function of the environmental factors. in the previous literature, aii the research

works were carried out when the control parameten are chosen once under a

particular situation and the manufacninng system was smdied with the same value

of the conml parameter even when other factors of the manufacnrring system were

chan@. So it is justifïed that there is a research need to expIore how to choose these

controI parameters as a function of the specific manufaauring environment.

(iv) To explore the behaviour of the three implemented acceptireject d e s in the case

where there are two classes of order both to _gain insight into the basic operation of

systerns able to reject jobs in this case and, again, to quant@ the performance of the

d e s as the main environmental factors are vaned OfparUcular interest here is how

Page 52: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

37

the acceptlreject niles perfonn differentiy for different classes of order.

As bas k n pointed out ezdier. there exiss a good deal of scope to manipulate the

service of different orders varying in importance. by means of selective acceptance

of orders. Malhotra er al. (1994) and Jensen er al. (1995) have suggested this

possibility in cheir research, To study how the service of different classes of order is

affkcted is useful in manipulating the service level offered to different order classes.

Page 53: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

Chapter 3

Experimental Mode1

In the previous chapter the motivation for and objectives of this research have k e n

presented. This chapter discusses the mode1 which is experimented with in order to meet

these objectives. F i t a hpthetical ~llanufacniring system that has been used in this

research as a test bed will be fully described, including the different underiying assumptions

involved in the design of this system. Xext. the aiternative control poiicies. whose

performance when appIied to the manufacruring system under different operating conditions

is of interest. are elaborated. Finally the important feanues of the simulation mode1

developed to represent the hypothetical system wiil be described.

For this research. a hypotheticai manufacturing system has k e n designed as a test bed to

explore various control policies under various operating conditions of the system. In this

section. the following aspects of the system are described vir. (1) layout and job routings, (2)

customer demand process. (3) order dass, (4) due date assignment. (5) cost smcttue, (6)

different decision points.

Page 54: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

3.1.1 Layout and Job Routings

The hypotheticai manufacnuing system, which operates continuously, has four work centres

as shown in the Figure 3.1, The bt, second. third and fourth work centres have 2-3.2 and

3 machines respectively. Each machine is different from the other machines in the systern

(although there are some sirnilarities between the machines within a work centre).

Figure 3.1: The iayout of the Manufacnuing System

A job is processed in the system under the restriction that. at any step if the job is processed

at a work centre i. then in the next step it can be processed at a work centre j, ody if j>i.

where 1 ks4, !_jd. Thus a job cannot be processed by any machine at a work centre if it

has been aireaciy processed by another machine in the same work centre, or it cannot be

processed by any machine in a work centre if the numerical value of that work centre is Iess

than that of its previous work centre. Aiso. it might have any nurnber of operariooos fiom one

to four and obviously it can skip one or more work centres. Thus it is possible to generate at

most 133 different job routes, each giving rise to a unique job type. In this research aU 143

different possible job types have been considered For a partïcuiar job type, the sequence of

Page 55: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

machines that will be visited by the job and also the pmessing time on each of the machines

is known beforehand. The exact process plan for each job type is defmed in the input fde

shown in the Appendix B. The processing times of the machines in the work centres 1.2,

3 and 4 are drawn from a Gamma distribution with the mean processing times as 2.5 hours,

3.5 hours, 2.5 hours and 3.5 hours respectively. The process times king drawn irom Gamma

distributions enables the coefficient of variation of the process Urnes to be easily conmlled

during experimentation.

The layout of this manufacturing system is similar to the one considered in Philipoom and

Fry (1992). The justification for considering this type of layout, as given by the above

authors, aiso holds good in the present case. In this layout the machines of similar function

are grouped in the same work centre. This does not necessarily mean that the machines in the

same work centre are identicai, rather they are of same kind but of different capaciues. For

exampie. two shaping machines of different capacities can be placed in the same work centre

and a job which is processed by one of those two machines does not need to go through the

second one again. Thus each n;achine is assumed to be different, The work centres are aIso

arranged according to their functional or technologicai precedence. So in this kind of shop

al1 jobs will have a unidirectionai flow. As the authors Say, "In the 'reai worId', it is doubtfui

that a pure job-shop exists where a job can begh and end in any department. Jndeed there is

usually a dominant product flow that characterizes the rnanufacturing process." This

hypotheticai hybrid job shop is representative of this kind of rnanufacturing environment.

There are two differences, however, between the manufacturing system of Philipoom and Fry

(1992) and the present one in this thesis. in the previous one, the authors have considered

five work centres and aii jobs have five steps Le. they are pmessed in aii five work cennes.

In the present manufacturing system there are four work centres and the jobs can involve any

number of steps between one and four.

Page 56: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

The demand on the system is characterized by the orders placed by the extemal customers.

The manufacniring system under consideration is operated on a smct make-to-order (MTO)

basis, so ail the demand that the manufacturing system faces is externai in nanue.

in this research, it bas been assumed that the customer orders arrive in a batch size of unity.

The problem of non-unity and/or nonuniform batch size is a topic suitable for further study.

All possible job types and hence the resuiting job routes (given eariier comments on shop

structure and job routings) are equaiiy probable. The inter-arrivai cime (IAT) between two

consecutive orden is dism3uted according to a Gamma distribution. enabling a fine conuol

over both the mean and coefficient of variation of the inter-arrivai cime distribution. in this

researcb, [AT is manipulated to Vary the expected demand level (Le. the steady-state shop

utilization corresponding to no job rejection) and hence, the parameters of the inter-arriva1

time distribution will also change accordingiy.

3.1 .2. 1 Justification of Choosiao an MT0 Svstem

The reason why a MT0 system has ben chosen Îs as foiiows. The hypothesis that rejection

of a s m d portion of incoming orders improves delivery performance may be m e in both

make-to-order and make-to-stock (MX) manufacninng systems. Exploring the effect of

rejecting some of the ordes in the MTS case where customer orders can be deiivered directly

from the manufacniring shop floor or from a finished good inventory, is more complex than

that m the MT0 case. the finished good inventory not king an option in the latter case- Thus

the knowledge gained from the ,MT0 research wili help tackling the probiem in the MïS

case*

Page 57: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection
Page 58: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

considered in the cunent research-

In some of the planned experiments two different classes of order have been considered. A

certain percentage of incoming orders are considered to be "urgent", with the remahder

king "regulaf ordes. From the point of view of sirnplicity, only two classes of orders have

been considered in this research. Whether an order is urgent or reguiar is determined by the

customer. An urgent order is distinguished fiom a regular order by its relativeiy shorter

standard flow time allowance at the time of assigning its due date. The percentage of urgent

orders is a controllable parameter in this research.

3.1.4 Due Date ilssignment

When the orders are generated from the extemai customers, each order is given a due thne

according to the foiiowing due time settuig d e :

DT, = AT, + RegFIA, if the order is in question is a "regular" cIass order. or

DT, = AT, t UrgFTA, if the order is in question is an "urgent" class order.

Where, DTr - - Due time of the iih order.

AT, = T i e of arrivai of the order into the system-

RegFTA - - A constant

UrgFT14 = A constant (such that RegFTA > UrgFTA).

There are numemus alternaiive ways to assign the due date to the incoming job and a vast

iiteranrre on this partidar subject is readily available. The due date assigment by addhg

Page 59: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

a constant flow Ume aliowance to the arriva1 t h e as above is one of the simplest due date

ass iment d e s . Although this d e cannot claim supenoricy over or is not at par with other

d e s which use the load information on the shop flmr or the order itself, many companies

in real life still use this d e for the sake of simpiicity. Moreover, this d e provides a good

deai of certainty from the point of view of &e customer. However in this research, the

primary reason for the choice of this d e is its simplicity.

3.15 CostStructwe

According to Enns (19951, profit for an order cm be defined by the foliowing expression:

Profit (Pm = Revenue (Rev) - Variable production cost ( V a

- WIP holding cost (HC)

- Lead cime cost (LC)

- Due date deviation cost (DO

- Fixed overhead cost per order (OH)

Revenue (Rev) of an order is the amount of dollars earned after a finished order is shipped

to the customer.

Variable production cost (VC) of an order is the amounr of douars spent in complethg the

order. This cost includes materiai and Iabour costs.

WiP holding cost (HC) is the totai cost incurred for holding a fînished or semihished oder

in inventory for a dufation. Any extra storage, handling, insurance and obsolescence charges

associated with the work-in-process inventory shouid be included in this category of cost

Lead time cost (La expresses the Ioss in revenue or customer goodwill which d t s from

Page 60: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

45

lead Ume quotations which are longer than those desired by the customer. This loss is often

intangible.

Due &te deviation cost (DC) reflects costs amibutable to the difference between the actuai

completion time and the due date. The main components of this costs are earliness and

tardiness costs. In this research, the eariiness cost (EC) is assumed to be zero and hence DC

is composed of only the tardiness cost (TC).

F i e d overhead cost (OH) is a constant which includes the cost to maintain the faciiity and

other indirect costs.

In this research the general expression of the profit in the equation (3.1 ) has been modified

in the following way. In this case, VC. HC. LC and OH have k e n assumed to be fmed for

simplicity. DC has been considered to include oniy the tardiness cost (TC) Le. the earliness

cost is zero, again to simpliS the scenario. However. more detaded modeiiing of the other

cost components (at least VC, HC and EC) is a potentiai research problem of the future.

So in this research, the equation (3.1) takes the foiiowing simple fom in which Rev is the

revenue after VC, HC, LC and OH are deducted.

PET = Rev - TC

Formulation of Revenue

Revenue is calcuiated for an order according to the foiiowing expression.

R q = [Kr x 7WK,], if the order is a "reguiar" one. and

Rev, = [Ku x TWKJ, if the order is an "urgent" one.

Page 61: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

46

Where, Rev, = Revenue (as defined in (3.2)) for the ith order.

Kr = A positive constant.

Ku = A constant (such that Ku > Kr).

m, = Total estimated work content of the ith order.

3.1.5.2 Formulation of Tardiness Cost and its Justification

The tardiness cost in general, can be characterized in many different ways. It could be linear,

nonlinear, or even constant and independent of tirne. Also, it could be uniform or nonuniform

across different jobs. For instance, Alidee (1994). Arkin and Roundy (1994), and Szwarc and

Liu (1993) specified the tardiness cost as proportional to a job's processing tirne. According

to these authors, it is highly undesirable for job completion times to deviate from their due

date for large jobs, and that it is not logical to use uniform tardiness costs for jobs with

varying sizes. Holt (1963) advocated that it is more realistic to consider the tardiness cost

function to be nonlinear over time. Heady and Zhu (1998) summarized the approaches

reponed in the iiteranue as follows:

"There are three penalty cost functions cornmonly assurned in the literature.

First. the penalty cost is proponional to the length of a job's processing time.

The justification for this cost function is that the longer it takes to process a

job, the more value the job possesses. Therefore, both earliness and tardiness

on that job should be heaviiy penalized. Second, the penalty cost function is

linear in the number of time units that a job is early or late. This alternative

severely penalizes those jobs that deviate far £rom tbeir due dates in either

direction. Third, the uniform cost function alternative equaiiy mats jobs that

are earIy or late regardless of severity of their earhess or tardiness."

In this research, if an order becomes tardy, the resuiting tardiness cost is propomonal to the

product of its revenue (hm equation 3.2) and its tardîness. In the light of the above

Page 62: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

fiterature, this scheme seems to be ceasonable. However, to keep the design less cumplicakd

the tardiness cost has k e n chosen to be hea r over time against its nonlinear counterpart.

The exact formulation is as foliows:

TC, = Krr x Rev, x Tardiness, if the order is a regular one and, (3.4a)

TC, = Km x Rev, x Tardiriess, if the order is an urgent one. (3.4b)

Where, TCi = Tardiness cost of ith order in question.

Ktr = A positive constant.

Kru - Krr x R e g F T A - U rg FTA

Rev, = Net revenue for the ith order in question

(before considering tardiness costs)

Tardiness = Amount of tardiness on completion {whicti is

zero or a positive quantity).

In the following Figure 32, this tardiness cosr (TC) cuve has ken illustrated with respect

to the flow tirne of a job. A is the arrivai time and D is the due date of the job, wtule AD is

TC

Rev

Figure 3.2: Tardiness Cost Curve

Page 63: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

its flow time aiiowance. If the completion time of the job extends kyond its due date, the

tardiness cost accumulates linearly until the date of completion. If the job is tardy by a

duration equal to DB, ail of the job's net revenue is offset by tardiness cost. This specific

value of tardiness can be cailed the Cntical Tardiness (Tc). It is interesthg to note that Tc is

independent of job type for each class of order, but it cenainiy depends on the job cIass. As

it is evident h m the equations (3.4a) and (3.4b) Tc equais IKtr or I /Ktu dependhg on

whether the job is a reguiar or an urgent one.

Another interesthg point concerning cntical tardiness can be made by comparing it with the

fiow time allowance. The ratio ofcritical tardiness and flow ailowance indicates how heavily

a job wdi be penaiized if it is tardy by its flow the . Obviously, this ratio is (I/Krr)/RegFIA

or, (I/Krul/UrgFTA. depending on whether the job is a replar or an urgent one. In this

research, the value of Km has been chosen so that the two order ciasses are penalized equally

heavily from a relanve tardiness perspective. i-e. if each ciass is tardy by its fiow ailowance

it wilI incur a penalty equal to the same proportion of its net revenue. Thus,

RegFT.4 Kru = K u x-.

ürg FTA

3.1.6 Different Decision Points

While the manufacnuing system is in operation. three kinds of decision are taken rit different

points: (i) AccepUreject decision; (ii) Order release decision; and (iü) Disparching decision.

A conwl system assists the main system to take these decisions as and when necessary.

Figure 3.3 is a schematic diagram showing the overail decision-makingprocess. This section

provides a brief introduction to each of these decisions. A M e r detailed discussion of

different alternatives for each decision wili be provided in section 3.2, while desm'bing

different alternative control policies.

Page 64: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

Figure 33: Schematic Diagram of the Overail Decision-making Process

Accept/Reiect Decision

The first decision is taken when a customer attempts to place an order. with the manufacturer

deciding whether or not to accept the order, depending on a particuiar accept/reja nile. As

was pointed out earlier in section 3.1.2.2, in this research it has been assumed that acustomer

when piacing an order never withdraws that order unies it is rejected by the manufacturer.

The orders which are rejected are lost forever i.e. the rejected orders are not considesed again

in the future and it is assumed that they find other suitable manufac~fers. However, there

Page 65: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

50

are rnany other conceptuaiiy ciiffereut ways possible, in which this acceptlreject decision

might be accomplished. Appendix C dissusses these strategic alternatives and it is to be

noted that each of these suategic alternatives can be fleshed out again into a nurnber of

different d e s wtiich are more concrete in nature.

Order Release Decision

The orders which are accepted are temporarily kept in a pre-shop pool known as the "Order

Release Pool". This second decision is necessary to decide which of the accepted orders will

be released €rom the pre-shop pool and what is the most appropriate release tirne for the

order. This decision is taken on the basis of an order reIease d e . Orders may be released at

any time and in any number. if pemiitted by the order release d e .

As in the case of acceptlreject de s . concepnially many different ways are possible again. to

decide on this issue. A s w e y of different alternatives has k e n already doue by a nurnber

of authors and has k e n reported in the previous chapter in detail.

The hst decision in the system is taken regardmg which order in a machine's queue wiii be

processed next. if there is more than one order waiting in the queue and the machine is fke.

32 Different Alternative Conml Policies Used in This Research

In this section. the different alternative conml policies implemented in the mode1 will be

describeci. To support this description. the next section defines some important quantities

ruade use of witbin the alternatives (specifically in the acceptfreject d e s and the order

reIease d e s ) încluding information on the time and the way they are updated. Also, for

Page 66: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

clarity of description in the very beghing, it is usefui to clearly distinguish among three

difierent terms viz. an order, a job and a rask. So far any two of these terms migix have been

used interchangeably, but h m now onward they wiU be used stricdy in the sense as they are

defined below .

When a request is accepted irom the customer and phced in the order release pool, it is

referred to as an order as long as it is in the order release pool. When an order is released CO

the stiop fioor, it is referred to as a job and a job needs to undergo one or more operations by

one or more machines in the shop. Each such operation is h o w n as a r d

32.1 Important Qumtities Involved in Different Rules

TorAccepredLn

The total amount of estimated remaining work content of ai i accepted orders

and jobs which are in &he systern at this moment.

It is ïncremented just after accepting an order by an amount equal to the total

estimated processing time of the order- Each cime a machine starts a ta& it

is decremented by half of the task's estimated processing time, and is

decremented by the rernaining haifimmediately the machine finishes the task.

rn ;iccepre&adûnMc(i):

This is defined for each machine i as the portion of TotAccptedt which must

be performed at rhat machine.

When an order is accepted the AccepredLoadOnMcfi) for each machine i

visited is incremented by the expected task processing rime on ihat machine.

M e n a machine either starts or hnishes a task, this quantity is de.cremented

Page 67: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

by half of the estimated processing thne of the task.

AcceptedLORfj):

This is defined. for each order type j, as the subset of TorAccepredL which

must be performed on a subset of the set of machines in the facility which

includes ody those machines which an order of type j under consideration for

acceptance wodd visit.

This quantity is computed whenever it is needed to support an acceptireject

decision. by summing certain dynamicdy updated AccepredLuadOnMcfi)

values.

rn TorReleasedLI

This is defined as the total amount of estimated remainint work content of

all the jobs in the system at this moment.

This quamiq is incremented whenever an order is released to the shop floor.

by an amount equal to the total estimated work content of the order. This

quantity is decremented whenever a machine either starts or fGshes a task

by an amount equai to haif of the estimated processing time of the task.

ReieasedLoadOnMcti):

This is defrned. for each machine i. as the portion of lotReleusedi. which

mus be performed at machine i-

When an order is released the RelearedLoadOnMc(i)~ for each machine i

visiteé is incremented by an amount equd to the estimated task processing

time on that machine. When a machine either starts or fînishes a task, this

qmtity is decremented by half of the estimated processing time of the tasic.

Page 68: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

53

ReleasedLORÿ):

This is dehed, for each job type j, as the subset of TotReleasedL that must

be perfonned on the subset of machines in the facility that a newly released

job of type j wouid have to visit

This quantity is computed, whenever it is needed to support an order release

decision, by summing certain dynamicaily updated ReleusedLoadûnMdi)

values.

At this point, al1 the quantities necessary to describe different alternative accepdreject and

order release niles have been defined and explained. so the next sections present the different

alternatives.

Acceptance of an order has a two fold effect on the system. Fitiy. there is a possibiiity that

a certain amount of revenue can be earned from the order itself (if it is not tardy by a duration

p a t e r than or equal to its criticai tardiness). Secondly, its acceptance will cause extra

pressure on the existing jobs in the system which might in tum lead to additional tardiness

costs for this set of jobs. So philosophicaily the role of the accepttreject mies can be seen as

king to compare the incremental benefit of acceptance of an order against the incremental

tardiness costs caused by accepting the order.

in this research. four different alternative acceptireject d e s have been defined and

irnplemented In this section. these mies will be stated together with their possible

justification.

Page 69: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

(a) Fuil acceptance (FA)

(b) Accept the order if the total accepted load on the shop is less than a

maximum value (TAL)

(c) Accept the order if the load on the busiest machine on the candidate order's

route is Iess than a maximum value (BUS)

(d) Accept or reject the order on the bais of a deterministic simuiation to

anticipate the effects of these two aitemative courses of action (SiMUL).

(a) Full Accentance (FA)

Definition

AU candidate orders are accepted on their arrivd to the shop floor.

Discussion

ïhis d e will serve as a benchmark. againsr which to compare the other d e s . When this d e

is employed. the manufacnrring system is fully exposed to externai demand fluctuation.

(b) Total Accented Load Cï*AiJ

Definition

if the arriving order is a replar order and TotQccepredL, c RegularLimitTotAcceptedL, the

order i in question is accepted otherwise it is rejected.

if the arriving order is an urgent order and TotAccepredL, c UrgentLUnitTotAcceptedL, the

order i in question is accepted otherwise it is rejected.

Page 70: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

= The value of the quantity TotAcceptedL (as

kscribed before) at the time r of arriva1 of the

ofder i.

RegularLimi tTotAccee = A consrant

IlrgentLhitTorAcceptedL = A constant

Discussion

This d e is the simpIest of ail the d e s which aliow a job to be rejected and is expected to

outperform the FA nile under some conditions. The sole purpose of the d e is to keep the

totai shop load under control rather than dowing it to p w LimitIessly. For an urgent order.

the load h i t may be larger than that in the case of a re,dar order in order to anract more

revenue (recdI that an urgent order yields _mater revenue than a regdar one of the same

estimated total work content). Aso. it shouid be noted that the tenns on the left hand side of

the acceptance conditions do not include the estùnated Load of the order under consideration

for acceptance. This is motivated by the desire to avoid the following bias. If the estirnated

load of the order is taken into account in tbe Left hand side of the condition, this might cause

the larger orden in terms of estimated work content. to be rejected more frequently than the

orders wirb smaller work content.

(c) Acceated Load On ïhe Busiest Machine On the Candidate Order's Route (BUS)

Definirion

If the order of type j is a regular one andAccepredLoodOnMdii,< RegLimirAccepredLoadOnMc.

for ail i = q,, then the order is accepted, otùerwise it is rejected.

If the order of type j is an urgent one andAccepredLoadOnMdi),< UrgLUnirAccepredLoadOnMc,

Page 71: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

for aii i c q,, then the order is accepted. otherwise it is rejected.

Where,

AccepredLmàOnMc(i), - - The vdue of the quantity

AccepredLoadOnMc(i) (as described

before) for the ith machine at the time

r of the arrivai of the order.

4; = The set of aii machines on the route of

an order of type j.

RegLimirAccepredLuadûnMc - - A cons tan^

UrgLimitAccepredLoadûnMc - - A constant.

Discussion

This rule is similar to the TAL d e but it is potentiaily more discerning since it considers

more detailed information on the state of the system at the tirne of the decision. This d e is

simiiar to the one cded 'path load order review' as presented in Phiiipoom and Fry (1992).

The authors observe. "Since the machine with the heaviest workioad would tend to deIay the

compIetion of an order more so than less loaded machines, conaoiling the input of orders

based on this criticai machine may make more sense than lwkinp at the entire shop". Here

aiso the absence of the candidate order's individual estimared load in the left hand side of the

acceptance conditions axises fkom the motive of not rejecting the orders with high revenue.

As before, each order ciass has its own acceptance [imit so as to aiiow a preference to the

urgent orders if this yields better performance.

(d) Simulation Based Acce~tance/Reiection (SIMUL)

Defininon

When an order arrives, a pair of pilot deterministic simuIation nins are executed to predict

Page 72: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

the effects of the two decision alternatives. During the first nui, the order in question is

accepted while in the second m. the order is rejected, If the profit at the end of the fust nui

exceeds that in the second run by a constant portion, Kincr, of the maximum possible profit

€rom the order under considerarion, the order is accepted, otherwise, the onier is rejected.

Discmsion

This d e is conceptuaiiy the most sophisticated of the four and has the potential to perform

well. This is because this d e uses the full amount of information on tne shop flmr stanis

including the donnation on the order itself, the information k ing generated tbrough pilot

simulation runs which consider the detailed evolution of the manufacturing system. In this

research. the pilot simuiations have been performed detenninistically. Also. during the pilot

rus, no additional customer orders are considered to arrive. with each run ending when all

accepted jobs have been completed.

The success of this rule depends on chmsing an appropriate value of the parameter KUlcr.

it cm range from zero to unity. When it is zero. it is a too optirnistic approach since it means

Ehat an order will be accepted whenever the profit from the "accept" ru exceeds that from

the "reject" nui even by smaii amount On the other han& if Kùtcr is un@, it corresponds

to a pessirnistic situation because in that case the orders are accepted oniy if they are

expected to yield their maximum possible profit. However. neither of these two situations

is likeiy to give the best performance. In the first case (Le, corresponding to Kincr = 0). the

loss through taniy jobs will be hi@ because the real operation of the m a n u f ' g system

consists of uncertain future orders a s weli as uncertainty in the processing times of the tasks,

which are not considered in the pilot nms. in the second case (i-e. corresponding to Khcr =

1). the loss through rejection of orders will be si@'ïcantIy high. The accepted orders also

are not paranteed to produce a profit (the maximum possible or even less than that) every

time owing to uncertain future orders and uncertainty in the task processing time in the real

systern, So the most suitable value of this p m e t e r Kmcr wiU lie in b e t . n O and 1 which

needs to be chosen. The way tbis choice is done has been detailed in Chapter 5-

Page 73: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

3 2 3 Alternative Order Release Rules

As mentioned earlier, in section 3.1.6.2, orders could be released from the Order Release

Pool (ORP) at any tirne and in any quantity, The sequence of the release of orders is also

controiied by the order release d e as mentioned below. The basic operation of aii order

release d e s considered in this research is the same and can be described as follows.

The order in the ORP which has the Ieast slack per operation is the k t one to be checked

for release against the release condition of the active order release d e . in either case,

whether this order is released at present or not. another order having the next higher slack per

operation is checked for release in the same way as the previous one. in this way aii of the

orders in the ORP are checked for their possibility of release, whenever checking for order

release is initiated.

The time points at which checking is initiated is another issue. Philosophicdy it mi@ be

argued there should be continuous checking, but this is not necessary as alrnost the same

effect cm be achieved by checking at some paxticuiar points in tirne. This issue has k e n

addressed in detaii in Appendix E in the context of describing the logic in the PM-0R.mad

file.

If two orders have the same slack per operation and both are eligible to be released. the tie

is broken on the basis of the earlier entry Ume into the system. The tie is broken with

certainty as the entry tirne of each order is unique. owing to the unit batch size of the order

arrivai process.

There is ais0 a special arrangement to release an order h m the ORP forcibly, if it is not

reieased nomaiiy by the active order release nile within a certain duration. This duration is

individually determined for each order on its arriva1 to the ORP in the foiiowing way. At the

moment a new order arrives at the ORP, the average waiting time in any shop queue

Page 74: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

experienced by a similar order (similar with respect to the class and the number of steps

involved) is noted and is multiplied by the number of steps involved in the new order. Ifthis

product is less than the flow Mie dowance of the new order, the said duration is set equal

to this product. Otherwise iiit: said duration is set to zero i.e. the new order is released from

the ORP immediately.

In this research three different order release d e s have been defined and implemented. They

are:

(a) immediate release (MM)

(b) Release the order if the total released load on the shop is Iess than a defined

maximum vaiue (TRL)

(c) Release the order if the reIeased load on the busiest machine on the order's

route is less than a niaximum value (BUSM).

(a) inmediate Release (iMMl

Defin irion

An accepted order is released immediately to the shop floor.

Discussion

This d e is considered as the base case in this research.

(b) Total Released Shoa Load

Definition

I f , TotReleaseàL., c LimitTotReleusedL, release the order. Othenivise. hold the order in the

Oder ReIease Pool (ORP).

Page 75: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

Where,

TotReleasedL, = The value of the quantity TotReleasedL (as described

before) at the thne of checking the possibility of

release.

LimitTotReleasedL = A constant.

Discussion

This d e is the simplest of the non-immediate order release niles and is similar in concept

to the TAL acceptheject d e in that it bases its decisions solely on the total released shop

load. On the left hand side, the estimated work load of the order in question has not been

included so as to avoid bias against the release of jobs with higher total work content. Since,

in this research, order release is considered very frequently. very little room is created for an

order each Ume an order release is initiated. So if the Ioad of the order is included in the Ieft

hand side of the condition of the d e . smaller orders will get always preference over the

larger ones for release purposes and the larger orders may be held up in the ORP much longer

than the small ones.

The right hand limit is the same for both cases of urgent and regular orders. Differentiation

at this point is not necessq because it is intended to make the urgent and regular orders

compte on the same bas% as the Company may lose money through regular orders as weli.

So a more cntical reguiar order shouid be released earlier than a less critical urgent order.

(c) Released Load On The Busiest Machine On the Candidate Order's Route (BUSM)

Defihirion

An order is released h m the order release pool if ReleasedLaadOnMdi)t <.

LimirReleaseciLuadOnMc, for each i C q, , otherwise it is held in the order release pool.

Page 76: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

The va lue of t he q u a n t i t y

ReleasedLuadOnMc(i) (as described before)

for the ith machine at the thne t.

ïhe set of aii machines on the route of the

order (of type J) in question.

i is an element of the set qj.

A constant.

Discussion

Tbis d e is similar to TRL but potentiaiiy more disceniing in that it considers more detailed

information on the state of the system at the tirne of the decision. Specifically, it considers

the maximum estimated reieased load on a machine on an order's route at the urne of

checking the possibility of the order's release. This d e is conceptuaiiy more sophisticated

than any of the order reiease d e s mentioned so far in this section. since it mes to keep

congestion under control by keeping the load of each individual machine bdow a maximum

limit.

The jusufication for not considenng the individuai estimated Load of the order itself in the

left hand side of the condition of the order release d e is as explained in the context of

previous niles i.e. to avoid bias against "large? orders. Aiso, the Rght tiand side b i t is the

same for both classes of order due to the sarne reason as stated eariier.

3.2.4 Alternative Dispatching Rules

If there is more than one job in a machine queue then the next job the machine will process

when it next becornes ide is selected, in this research, accordhg to one of the dispatching

Page 77: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

d e s listed below:

(a) First-in-System-Fmt-Served (FSFS)

(b) Earliest Due Time (EDT)

(c) ;Minimum Slack per Operaiion Rernaining (S/OPN)

(a) First-in-Svstem-FirstServed FSFQ

According to this d e . the job which has entered into the system the eariiest is selected. No

tie is possible since the orders arrive into the system one at a tirne and hence each order has

a unique entry tirne into the system.

(b) Earliest Due Time IEDT)

According to this dispatching d e , the job which has the eariiest due date will be selected.

Any Ye is broken on the basis of FSFS as stated earlier.

(c) Minimum Slack Der Otieration WOPN)

If aü jobs in the queue have positive slack then the job with the minimum slack per

remauüng operation will be selected. But ifthere is at Ieast one job with anegative slack then

the job. among those with negative slack, which has the maximum (w/pi) will be selected,

where wi is the tardiness cost of the ith job if it is tardy by a unit amount of time and pi is the

estimated imminent processina ùnie of the iùi job. Any tie is broken on the bais of FSFS.

Page 78: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

3 3 List of Important Parameters Envolvecl

The different parameters involved in the experiments cmducted during this research belong

to two caregories:

(a) Parameters of the manufacturing system which is king controiied

(b) Paramerers of the conuol system.

(a) Paramecers of the Manufacturinn Svstem

(i) Demand ievel: This parameter dictates the average utilization of the shop, if al1

arriving orders were accepted. This is actudy controlIed indirectly by vatying a

mode1 parameter defining the mean order inter-arriva1 time given the product niiK

and routing information. This parameter wüi be denoted as DL.

(ii) Demand levei var iabi l i~ This parameter signifies the uncertauity involved in the

demand This parameter can be varied by changïng the coefficient of variation of the

dismbution of order inter-arriva1 times. This parameter w d be denored as DLV-

(üi) Process rime variabiliîy: Tais parameter si_gifies the uncertainty in the processing

cimes* This can be varied by changïng the coefficient of variation of the distribution

of the processing h e s . this parameter will be denoted as PTV.

(iv) Flow rime allowance (regdur ortiers): W e assigning the due t h e to the regular

orders. a constant amount of time is adderi to the arrivai rime of the order. which is

the exrernaily determined customer lead t h e for the rerdar order. This parameter

wil l be denoted as RegFïA

Page 79: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

Flow tirne allowance (urgent orders): This parameter signifies the s d a r quantity

as the previous one, but for the urgent orders. This parameter should be set at a Iower

value than the previous one. This parameter wili be denoted as UrgFïA.

Propom'on of urgent orders: This is the expected proportion of the orders wkch are

coming into the system, which wili be designated as "urgent orders". This parameter

will be denoted as PUO.

Ku: This proportionality constant occurs in the calcdation of the revenue of an

urgent order. Please refer to section 3.1.5.1.

Krr: This occurs in the tardiness cost calculation of a regular job in the section

3.1.5.2. It is the proportion of the maximum possible revenue that wiI1 be Iost. if a

regular job is tardy by unit tirne.

Parameters of the control svstem

Al1 of the control system parameters listed below have k e n discussed earlier wMe

descnbing the acceptlreject ruIes or order release d e s .

Accept/reject d e options

Order release d e options

Dispatching d e options

RegularLimitTotAcceptedL

UrgentLimitTotAccepte&

RegLimitAcceptedLoadûnMc

UrgLimitAcceptedLoadOnMc

LirnitTotReleasedL

LimitReleasedLoadOnMc

Page 80: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

3.4 Performance Measuns of the System

The performance measures used in this research can be grouped into seven categories as

s h o w in the Ieft &and side of Table 3.1. within each category a number of different

performance measures are involved as shown in the right hand side of the table. Many of the

performance measures are computed over ai i orders and broken dowu by order class. Where

a performance measure is so decomposed the number of specific variants is shown in the

bracket after the measure name. Some of the measures have 15 different variations. These

originate when each performance measure is considered on an overail basis (ix. considering

di orders irrespective of category or number of steps), on the basis of the category of order

(i-e. considering the order as urgent or as regular. thus producing two more variants), on the

basis of the number of steps involved in an order (i.e. whether the order is a 1,2,3, or a 4-

step order and thus giving rise to ariother four variants) and lastiy on the basis of combination

of category and number of steps involved in an order (which produces eight more variants

of the same performance measure). Aiso there are several performance measures which have

LO variants each. These ten variants originate fiom considering the ten machines in the

rnanufacninng system.

Among the above performance measures the first three measures under category (A) need

to be defied for clarity.

The 15 variants of "Percent achievement" (PA) are:

Overail Percent Achievement (OPA),

Urgent Percent Achievement (UPA},

Page 81: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

Table 3.1: Performance Measuies

Category

(A) Cost related rneasures:

(B) Deiivery related

1 (C) Rejection related I measures:

(D) Flow cime related 1 measures:

Family of Performance Meanires

Percent achievement (15) Percent rejection loss (15) Percent tardy loss ( 15)

-- -

Tardiness ( 15) Lateness ( 15) Earliness ( 15) Percent tardy ( 1 5 )

Percent rejected (15)

Row time ( 1 5) Manufacturing lead time (15) Variability in flow thne ( 15)

Waiting time in a queue ( 15) Waiting time in the order release pooI (15) Waiting thne in machine queues (15) Order release queue length (in number) (1) Order release queue Iength (in Ioad) ( 1 ) Waiting time in a specific machine queue ( 10) Specific machine queue length (in number) (10) Specific machine queue length (in load) (10) Variability in load in specific machine queue (10)

Work in process (in nurnber) (15) Work in process (in ioad) (15) Accepted ioad on specific machine (10) Released Ioad on specific machine ( 10)

Specific machine utilization (10) Average machine uulization ( 1 )

Re-eular Percent Achievement (RPA),

x-step Percent Achievement (xPA), for x = 1.2.3, or 4,

Urgent x-step Percent Achievement (UxPA), for x = 1,2, 3, or 4, and

Re,dar x-step Percent Achievement (RxPA), for x = 1,2,3, or 4.

Page 82: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

The 15 variants of "Percent rejection loss" (PRL) are:

Overall Percent Rejection Loss (OPRL),

Urgent Percent Rejection Loss (UPRL),

Regular Percent Rejection Loss (RPRL),

x-step Percent Rejection Loss (xPRL), for x = 1,1,3, or 4,

Urgent x-step Percent Rejection Loss (UxPRL), for x = 1,2,3, or 4, and

Re,dar x-step Percent Rejection Loss (WRL). for x = 1,2,3, or 4.

The 15 variants of "Percent tardy loss" (PTL) are:

Overaii Percent Tardy Loss (OPTL),

Urgent Percent Tardy Loss (üPTL),

Reguiar Percent Tardy Loss (RPTL).

x-step Percent Tardy Loss (a), for x = I,2,3. or 4,

Urgent x-step Percent Tardy Loss (UxPTL), for x = 1.2.3, or 4, and

Regular x-step Percent Tardy Loss (RxPïL), for .r = 1.2.3. or 4.

The three different types of measure defmed above are based on the specific orders arriving

during a p e n d of tirne as foiiows:

rPA = 100 x (Actually eamed revenue by orders of kind z / Maximum possible

revenue that codd have been eamed by the orders of kind z), rPRL = 100 x (Loss through rejected orders of kind z / Maximum possible revenue

ttiat couId have been earned by the orders of kind z), and

z P T L = 100 x (Loss through tardy orders of kindz 1 Maximum possible revenue that

codd have been eamed by the orders of kind z),

where, z is a string h m ("O, YJ", "R". 'Y, "Ux", or "W. for x = 1,2,3, or 4). From the

Page 83: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

above definition of zPA, for instance. the definition of U3PA can be obtained by substituting

"U3" in the place of z. Clearly for any valid z, :PA + zPRL + zPTL = 100.

Now, the orders of kind " O means the orders of any kind irrespective of any category or

number of steps. The orders of kind "U" and "R" represent the urgent and regular orden

respectively, and lady, the orders of "Ux" and "Rr" represent the urgent x-step and readar

x-step orders respectively, where x can have a value from 1,2,3, or 4.

So for example, using the above definitions,

UPRL = 100 x (Loss through rejected urgent orders / Maximum possible revenue that

could have ken earned by the urgent orders)

The rest of the performance measures in Table 3.1 are hopefully self-explanatory.

ln this research the key performance measure is Overail Percent Achievement (OPA) which

gives the actual performance of the system as a percentage of the best possible performance.

Le. for a aven demand level. maximizing OPA is equivalent to maximizing profit

(considering both rejection and tardiness cost). The best possible performance corresponds

to the situation when aii orders are accepted and completed on tirne. However the actual

performance wiii be Iess than this maximum vaiue in many situations due to the rejection of

some of the candidate orders andlor due to the tardiness of some of the accepted orders. An

order, if accepted and compleced on time, contributes to the earnings of the company by a

cenain amount. which is equai to Ra( (see section 3.1.5.1). If an order is rejected however,

the resuiting Ioss is equai to its contribution, assuming it were accepted and completed on

tirne but there wiü not be any additional penalty irnposed due to this rejection.

Page 84: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

List of Assumptions in the Hypothetical System

The shop Iayout, in terms of the number of machines and their organization into work

centres, is as described earlier.

The batch sue of the arrivai process is unity and an arrivai can occur at any t h e .

Orders are corning directly from the customers and the accepted orders are

manufactured and shipped to the customer directly.

The product mix as well as the process plan of a particuiar job type is fmed and

known beforehand.

The process t h e as indicated in the process plan includes set up Ume.

Any number of orders can be released from the order release pool at any time ifs0

permiaed by the active OR d e .

if a job is king processed by a machine, it cannot be preempted by any other job.

A machine can process one job at a cime.

A machine does not need to wait for any operator to start processing, i-e. if a job

fin& a machine idle for which it was waiting, the job can be started processing

without any deiay.

ïhere is no rework necessary at any machine.

The time to transfer h m one point to another is zero.

There is infinite buffer space for any machine.

There is no downtime or maintenance for tbe machines.

The manufacnuing system operates continuousiy.

A job can be processed by one machine at a time.

ûescription of the SIMAN Simulation Model

The hypotheticd systern that has been described in detaii so far has been translated into a

computer simulation mode1 using SIMAN. This section descni the organization of

Page 85: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

different components of the mode1 as shown in Tabie 3.2. A description of the code and h

main feanires of the mode1 can be found in Appendix E.

The logic of the simulation modei resides mainIy in four different files. They are: (i)

PM-mod (ii) PM-ARrnod (iii) Phd_ORmod, and (iv) Phd_DR.mod. The [mer three fies

deal with the logic se-anents regardhg acceptlreject d e s , order reIease des and dispatching

d e s respectively, whiie the first file contains the main body of the Logic. PM.exp is the

experiment Ne wtiere the deciararions of ali necessary attriiutes, variables, queues,

rrsources, stations. fiies etc. are located together with other statistics collection elements.

There is another file caiied JoblnfaFile, which carries aii the infornation re,oarding the

process plans of different types of order. This fde serves as an input file to the simulation

Page 86: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

If a conml poiicy with the simulation based accept/reject rule is used, it is necessary to make

use of one additionai fde containing code which is in the fiIe PMc-c. wrïcten in C. Otherwise,

the above files are sufficient to run any control poiicy, which is a cornbinaiion of a non-

simulation based acceptlreject d e , an order release d e and a dispatching d e .

In order for a simulation nin to be made, which enabies the performance of a particular set

of conml parameters under a particular set of manufacniring system parameters to be

predicted. it is aecessary to specify a value for each of the parameters defmed earlier in

section 3.3. The next two chapters wili report on a wide range of simulations wbich have

been conducted during this research.

Page 87: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

Chapter 4

Preliminary Experiments and Analysis

The purpose of this chapter is to present the results of various expioratory experiments which

have been carried out on the system described in the previous chapter. The chapter begins

by identifying and defining the experimental factors. Next a set of exploratory studies foilow

intended to develop a preliminary understanding of how the basic system works when ail

orders are accepted and al1 accepted orders are released to the shop floor imrnediarely. M e r

this. a relatively more complex study is presented which investigates how the system

performs under different combinations of acceptlreject de s . order release niles and

dispatching d e s .

Both this and the subsequent chapter make extensive use of acronyms to refer to both

experimental factors and performance measures. To aid the reader. a detailed glossary

containing ail of these acronyms is provided in Appendix D.

The fo1Iowing List summarizes the experimental factors which cari be easily varied for the

system under study:

Page 88: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

Demand level (DL),

Demand level variability @Lw,

Process time variability (PTV),

Proportion of urgent orders (PUO),

Due date tighrness (DDT),

Acceptlreject d e options (AR).

Order release d e options (OR),

Dispatching d e options (DR),

RegularLimitTotAcceptedL (RL-TAL),

UrgentLimitTotAccepte& (HL-TAU',

Re-gLimitAcceptedLoadOnMc (&BUS),

Ur~tAcceptedLoadOnMc (HL-BUS),

LimitTotReleasedL (CL-TRL),

LimitReleasedLoadOnMc (CL-BUSM),

Kincr.

Eacfi of the parameters fiom (i) to (1) in the above List is invoived in one of the acceptheject

d e s mentioued earlier. In a context when there is no ambiguity about which accepdreject

d e is king used, the asswiated control lirnits ie. the parameters (i) through (1) wili be

referred to by simply RL (instead of iU-TAL or RLBUS) and HL (instead of Hi-TAL and

K B U S ) as appropriate. Each of the parameters (m) and (n) in the List is involved in one

of the order release d e options. Similariy when the context is clear about which order

release d e is king use& the conespouding conwl limit will be refemd to by CL only

(instead of CL-TRI, or CL-BUSM).

In the previous chapter. a l l of these factors except DDT have been cleariy defined. In the

1 Note that since urgent orders in a mazlufacturing sening are commody referred to as "hot", parameters devant to this class of orders have been named using the letter 'H' (for "hot") instead of 'UT (for "urgent").

Page 89: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

following section. DDT is discussed in general and also how it is precisely defined in this

research.

1.1.1 Due Date Tightness

Gordon ( 1995) described due date tighmess (DDT) as "Average due date tighmess is one

possible measure of the severity of response requirements of the systern." DDT c m be

specified in various ways as the exarnples provided by Cheng and Chen (1997) demonstrate

via descrïbing eight düferent due date a s s i p e n t mies. in each of these d e s , as explaineci

below. the value of k is reiated to the level of DDT with DDT increasing as k decreases in

aii cases.

Constant Flow:

Equal Slack:

Nurnber of Operations:

Total Work:

Processing Plus Waiting:

Jobs in System:

Jobs in Queue:

Work in Queue:

where, d, - - Due time of the ith order,

r1 - - Arrivai tirne of the ith order.

pl = Total pmessing time of the ith order,

N, = Number of operations of the ith order.

JISI = Number of jobs in the system. when the ith order anives,

- Number of jobs in the work center queues on the ith order's Q - routing when it arrives,

Page 90: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

WIQ; = Total work in the work center queues on the ith job's routing

when it arrives.

The importance of due date tighmess fies in the fact that the selection of the ievel of this

quaatity ~ i ~ c a n t l y affects the due date performance of the orders. M e n due dates can be

influenceci, an implicit objective is to assign due dates as tight as possible. Althou$ loose

comfortable due dates ceduce the mean tardiriess and the percent of tardy orders, tight due

dates. provided that a manufacturer is able to meet them, attract more customen in a

competiuve market and irnply better customer service.

What should be considered as the measure of due date tightness really depends upon the

principal performance measure of the system at hand. For example in most of the existing

studies the due date tighmess has been expressed as a function of tlow allowance, and some

combination of job atuibutes and the current statu of the shop floor.

In these studies cost information was usuaily not considered. What shouid be the rneasure

of due date tightness when some kind of cost information is involved (as in the preseat

system for which the different kinds of cost component hvolved have been already

mentioned in the previous chapter), is not suaightforward.

In the present system the principal performance measure is Overall Percent .4chievement

(OPAI, which was defined in section 3.4 and which cm also be expressed as:

Total loss from al1 ordcrs Maximum possrble revenue b a i couid have been carned from al1 orden- 1

The severity of the pressure of meeting due date requirements in a particular simarion gven

this objective depends on many parameters of the system Among them demand level, flow

time aiiowance, tardiness co s factor are the ttrree most signïfîcant parameters which affect

and determine how difficult it might be to achieve a hi& OPA.

Page 91: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

As can be seen from equations (3.4a) and (3.4b), the tardiness loss depends on Ku and

R e m A in the case of a regdar order and by Ktu and Ur-A in the case of an urgent order.

if the flow time aiiowance (RegFTA or UrgFïA) increases, the tardiness of an already tardy

order decreases and hence OPA increases. Again if Ktr (and hence Ktu, as they are related)

decreases, tardiness loss decreases and hence OPA increases.

So from the above analysis it is clear chat RegFTA, UrmA, Ku, Ktu are the fundamental

parameters in addition to demand level (DL) which primarily control OPA Le. these

parameters control how difficult or how easy is the situation with respect to improving the

performance measure of the system. To specify a level of due date tighmess, it is needed to

specify the set (DL, RegFïA, UrgFiA, Krr, Km} when other factors (e.g. DLV, FTV) are

kept at certain values.

If the system encounters a situation with higher DL, shorter flow ailowance, higher KU (and

hence higher Km) or any combination of them then the situation will correspond to a tighter

level of DDT, compared to the Ioose level of DDT. where DL is Lower, flow aiiowance is

larger and Ku is smaiier or any combination of these three. In the present research DL is

aiready considered as a separate experimental factor on its own, so DL has been decoupled

from the deftnition of DDT and only a set of values of flow allowance and tardiness cost

factor is considered to defme a level of DDT. In the experiments in this thesis, the due date

tighmess has k e n varied at two such different levers, whicti will be mentioned in the next

section.

4.2 The Choice of Merent Factor Leveis For the Preliminary Experiments

Immediately beiow are listed the factor leveis of the main experimental factors, which are

used in the preliminary study. In later text these 6ve factors are often referred to as the

Page 92: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

"environmental factors" since in a real manufacturing environment they wodd be beyond

an organization's control,

DL = (0.75.0.80,0.85,0.90,0.95)

DLV = {0.1.0.35,0.6,0.85, l.O}

PTV = {0.1,0.2,0.3)

PU0 = (O. 0.05.0.10,0.15,0.20}

DDT = {"Loose". 'Tight")

The base levels of the above five parameters are (0.85.0.1.0.1.0.05, "Loose") in order of

their appearance.

A "Loose" Ievel of DDT is characterized by the values of R e W A = 30. UrgFTA = 20, and

Ku = 0.03333 with these values chosen so chat they field OPA = 90% (approximately) when

working with AR = FA, OR = MM. and DR = FSFS under an environment such that al1 of

the environmentai factors are at their base levels. Note th8 these settings imply that an order

will Iose al1 its revenue if it is tardy by its flow aiiowance.

A 'Tight" level of DDT is set with RegFïA = 2 1, UrgFïA = 14. and Ktr = 0.05952 so that

the system cm achieve OPA = 58% (approximately) when working under the same

conditions as in the case of the "Loose" level. Note that with these senings, if a regular order

or an urgent order is tardy by 80% of its flow time allowance. the order wiU lose all its

revenue.

To understand the sipnificance of the levels chosen for the varïability in the &val process,

the probability density functions (of the underlying Gamma distribution) for the inter-arriva1

time have been plotteci in Figure 4.1 with the coefficient of variation qua1 to the vaiues in

the set {O. 1.0.35. 1.0) and with the mean value in al1 cases king 1.0.

Page 93: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

Inter-arriva1 Time Distribution for üifferent CoV

0.0 0.3 0.5 0.8 1.0 1.3 1.5 1.8 2.0

inter-arriva1 Time

Figure 4.1: Gamma Distribution at Different CoV

The Kr and Ku panmeters are not varied during the experiments. Kr has been arbitrarily

chosen lis unity while Ku has been set equai to 1.25. Le. each urgent order will have 25%

more potentiai revenue than a regular order of same job type.

-1.3 Prelirninary Studies on the System Under Fuii Acceptance

This section reports on a series of experiments which are explontory in nature, their purpose

being to explore how the basic system performs withour implementing any input controi

suategy as the environmental factors are vatied. The specific preliminary studies that have

been c h e d out are the foilowing:

(a) When ody regular orders are involved, and al1 arrïving orders are accepted and

released to the shop floor immediately and the active dispatching rule is FSFS,

( i ) How do OPA and RxPA (for x = 1.U or, 4) Vary with respect to DL,

DLV. PTV, RegFïA and Ku?

Page 94: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

(ii) How does overall flow tirne (OFT) and the flow tirne for x-step

orders (RxFT), where x = L2.3 or, 4 Vary with respect to DL, DLV,

Pm?

(b) When there are two categones of order (one king relatively more urgent than the

other) and when aii arriving orden are accepted and released to the shop floor

immediateiy and the active dispatching d e is S/OPN,

(i) How do OPA, RxPA and UxPA (for x = 13-3 or. 4) Vary with respect

to DL. DLV, PTV, RezRA. UrgFTA, and Ktr?

(ii) How does overall flow time (0F.T) and the flow time for x-step

orders (M. U m , where x = 1-73 or, 4 Vary with respect to DL,

DLV. Pm. RegFïA. and UrgFTA?

in the fmt set of experiments oniy regdar orders were considered and the dispatching d e

used was FSFS. whiIe in the second set, urgent ordets were also considered and the

dispatching d e used was S/OPN. in aii experiments the system was simuiated for 5

replications each of length 83520 hours after a warm-up period of 1 1520 hours. From the

first replication of each experiment in the fmt set. a sufficient number of values of different

quantities were written to an extemal file and were subsequentiy pmcessed by a spreadsheet

to be used in the study of the scenarios where only regular orders are involved.

4.3.1 Eidings from the PreIiminary Studies

(i) Table 4.1 shows the calcuiated values of different variants of percent achievements

(i-e. OPA and RxPA) as obtained h m the spreadsheet at a hxed value of Ktr =

Page 95: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

0.05567, for different values of DL and RegFTA as shown- Here, each of DLV and

FïV was fmed at 0.1.

Table 4.1: OPA and RxPA at Different Values of DL and RegFTA (fmed Ktr)

i OPA i 94.33 j 97-11 / 98.86 ; 8830 i 9 1 s ( 9 4 . 2 i 46-76 76 50.41 j 53.94 / RIPA / 95-97 1 98.32 1 99.45 / 88.60 9252 / 95.37 i 23.68 / 30.37 / 36.30 ' I =PA ; 9452 / 97.46 1 99.M 1 87.34 1 91.28 i 94.41 i 35.59 / 10.80 1 45.67 I R3PA t 94.31 1 97.12 ! 98.82 1 88.39 91.62 i 94.34 i 48.25 1 51.71 / 55.13

From the table it is clear that for the same value of DL, if RegFïA is increased each

of the performance measures is going to irnprove. Also. for the same RegFïA if DL

is increased, performance is going to worsen.

From the simulation of the system, the values of OPA and RxPA for different values

of DLV and PTV are shown in Figure 4.2 and Figure 43, when DL was at 0.75 and

other environmental factors are held fmed at their base levels. It can be observed

h m Figure 4 2 that, as DLV increases, OPA and W A (for x = 1,2,3,4) decrease.

Mso, for larger x. RxPA is affected more and its value decreases at a faster rate, with

the increase of DLV. Similar observation c m be made h m Figure 4 3 which shows

that as P ï V increases OPA and RxPA decrease.

(1) 0 PA. RxPA vs DLV

60 J 0.1 OS5 1

DLV

-0PA -RIPA -x-RZPA -R3Ph +RIPA

Figure 4 2 EEect of DLV on OPA and RxPA

Page 96: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

( 2 ) O PA. RxPA os P'W

Figure 4.3: Effect of PTV on OPA and RxPA

(ii) To expiore how flow time is affecced with respect ro DL, DLV and Pm, both the

mean and the coefficient of variation (CoV) of flow time were observed. Whcn DL

was k i n g vriried. DLV md Pm were kepc at 0.1 and when either of DLV or PTV

wrts varied, DL was held at a value of 0.75. The results are shown in Table 4.2. From

the table it cm be seen h a t both the mean and the coefficient of variation of any

variant of flow cime (i.c. OFT and RKFTl increase with the increase of DL DLV or

m.

Table 4.2: Mem and CoV of OFT. RxFT for Different DL, DLV and Pm

DL DLV PTV 0.75 0.85 095 0.10 055 1.00 : 0.10 ; 0 3

OFT 18.07 17.60 91.74 18.07 18.92 2039 , 18.07 ; 19.23 I

R I E 8.68 14.31 57.81 8.68 9.20 10.40 ' 8.68 9.16 Mean R7FT 14.87 13.44 83.29 14.87. 15.60 17.46 i 14.87 15.131

EUFT 19-12 2915 IO249 19.I1 70.01 27.20 119.17' 70.32 4 13-23 33.02 115.72 22-73 3.3 25.55 1 2 . 3.73 OFT 0.43 0.48 0.69 0.43 0.45 0.49 0.43 1 1-46

RIFT 0.83 0.89 109 , 0.83 0.86 , 0.90 0.83 i 0.87 cov R7FT 0.50 0.56 0.78 0.50 O53 0.57 0.50 1 0.53

R3FT 0.36 0.42 0.65 0.36 0.39 ' 0.43 0.36 i 0.39 RJlT 0.77 O34 0.58 0 . 7 0.30 0.35 0.27 ' 0.30

Aiso it is interesthg CO observe at this point how the pocential revenue (i-e. the maximum

possible revenue that can be earned if di orciers are accepteci and fiaished on tirne), tardlliess

Page 97: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

82

cost. and actual revenue emed (i.e. potentid revenue less tardiness cost) vary as the demand

level increases in the situation when aU orders are reguiar and are accepted and released to

the shop tloor immediately, when dl the environmental factors are at their base levels. This

is shown in Figure 4.4.

This has aiso been compared with the situation when ail orders are regular and the orciers are

accepted according to the BUS AR mle with a fixed vaiue of RL-BUS (= 29.05 hours), and

the accepted orders are released to the shop fioor immediately, when d l the environmental

factors are kept at their base Ievels. This latter case is depicted in Figure 45 .

ûüferent Cost ReIated Te rms vs DL (Full Accepnce)

Figure 1.4: Different Cost Related Terms vs DL (Full Acceptance)

Page 98: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

+ Potentid Revenle + A c t d Revenue -tTydiness Cost + Rejestion Cost

Figure 4.5: Different Cost Related Terms vs DL (BUS Al1 Regular Scenario With Fixed RL-BUS)

4.3.1.2 Two Classes of Order

( i ) To study how OPA. RxPA and UxPA (for x = 1,2 ,3 .4) vary with respect to DL,

DLV, Pm. RegFïA and UrgFTA in the two order class scenario, each of these

factors was varied on its own across the values listed below. while other factors were

kept rit the values shown in bold font in the following list.

DL = (0.75,0.85,0.95]

DLV = (0.1,0.55, 1.0)

PTV = {0.1.0.3]

PU0 - - (0.05,0.15,0.25}

RegFTA = (25.30. 35)

UrgFïA = (10,15,20]

Page 99: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

The full results from these experiments are tabulated in Appendix F. The resdts

show that OPA or any variant of OPA (i-e. RxPA or UxPA), is affected by DL, DLV

and PTV in a sirnilar way as in the case of ail regdar orders. With increasing DL.,

DLV or PTV, OPA or any of its variants decreaçes. In addition to this effect, what

is interesthg is the effect of RegFïA, UrgFTA and PU0 on OPA, RxPA and UxPk

The corresponding results from the Appendix F are reproduced in the foUowing

Table 4 3 for easy reference.

If PU0 increases. each of OP& RPA, UPA. RxPA. and UxPA (for x = 1,2,3,4)

decreases. This is due CO the fact that as PU0 increases the average job flow

aiiowance decreases which leads to an i n m e in tardiness costs.

Table 43: OPA, RxPA and UxPA for Different PUO, RegFïA and UrgFTA r ?

1 I 1 P U 0 I R r n A I UC3FTA

1 1 0.M / 0.15 1 025 1 25 1 M 35 1 10 1 15 20 -

m e n RepFTA increases, OPA and RPA increase k a u s e the reguiar orders in the

system wiU have more fiow ailowance and hence the tardiness of the already tardy

orders wili decrease. Interesringly UPA aiso impmves since under a S/OPN

dispatching mie, increasing R e W A will cause urgent orders to be even more high

priority than usual.

j OPA ( 90.18 / 8856 1 86.81 1 84.03 1 90.18 ( 94.14 ) 87.26 1 89.05 90.18 i RPA / 89.92 ( 87.53 1 84.63 1 83.56 ( 89-92 j 94.01 i UPA 194.201 93.29 192.06 1 91.19 j 94.20 196.13

RIPA 1 76.08 , 71.73 66.89 1 58.45 ; 76.08 ; 85.83

89.01 1 89.02 1 89.92 1

W A / 78.71 I 73.91

60.65 7281 76.59

90.88 1 91.38 94.59 1 95.07

' R3PA ( 91-38 1 89.17 1 86.24 1 86.18 1 9138

/ R4PA 1 95.07 , 93.83 1 9219 1 9205 1 95.07

68.97 1 64-89 1 78.71

89.45 73.38

94.88 1 90.76 96.97 1 94.60

8748

94.20 , 76.08

1 UlPA ; 8283 82.06 176.14 1 54-12 1 81.83 1 92.18 ! 96.13 189.951 8283

76.33 1 78.71

U2PA 1 94.89 93.91 1 9260 i 88.27 1 94.89 97.37 ( 89.64 / 94.77 1 94.89 1 U3PA 1 95.32 1 94.18 1 93.12 1 93.91 1 95.32 96.72 1 6852 91.93 / 9532

U4PA ] 93.23 1 9263 1 91 35 1 9703 , 93.23 1 94.99 i 3207 8331 j 9323

Page 100: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

For a similar reason, when U r m A increases, al1 of the percent achievement values

increase irrespective of order class.

(ii) Using the same settings as in (i), the infiuence of DL, DLV. PTV, PUO, RegEI'A and

U r m A on overail flow time and its different variants bas k e n studied. Zn each case,

both the mean and the coefficient of variation was observed. The important

observations from the results are as foUows. KDL, DLV or PTV increases, both the

mean and the coefficient of variation of any kind of flow time inmases. if PU0 is

increased, the mean and the coefficient of variation of the flow time again increases,

As the flow aiiowar.ce of one class of order increases, the mean of any variant of its

flow time rises, while that of the other class of orders goes down. This dso can be

attributed to SIOPN being the active DR here, as explained earlier. A complete

cabdation of results is given in Appendix F.

4.4 Reliminary Experiments Invoivuig Input Control Mechanisms

This section reports on two sets of experiments which involve a two stage input control

mechanism Le. a situation where the system is working under the conmi of an acceptfreject

d e and an order release d e . In the first set of experiments, no urgent orders are considered

and the objective is to observe, anaIyze and understand the behavior of the two stage input

control mechanism when the control limits involved in the accept/reject d e and the order

release d e are varied. The setup of this set of experiments is described in detaii in the next

section. The second set of experiments rnainly deal with different combinations of

acceptlreject d e , order release d e and dispatch d e , when two classes of orders are

considered. The focus of this second set of experiments is on exarnining the impact on OPA

of dinerent combinaiions of levels of the control limits that are involved in the acceptlreject

d e s and onier release d e s .

Page 101: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

4.41 Experhents Involving Oniy %egulaiJ' Orders

Immediately below are listed the values of the environmental factors and the main qualitative

control parameters used in these experiments:

DL = 85% DDT = Loose DLV = O. 1 AR = BUS PTV = O. 1 OR = BUSM PU0 = 0% DR = FSFS

The enWonmentai factors (except PUO) have been kept at their base Ieveis. In these

experiments RLBUS has k e n varied through { IO, 15,20,25,30,35) hours and for each

value of &BUS. CL-BUSM has been varied througb (5 , 10. 15.20,25.30,35) hours. Ih

c-ng out each experiment. the system has been simulated for 5 replications. during each

of which statistics were collected for 72000 hours after a warm-up period of 1 1520 hours so

rhat the haif-widths of the estimated performance measures of interest are within 0.1% of

their rnean values.

The performance measures that have k e n observed in these experiments are as follows:

OPA, OPTL. OPRL,

Overail flow time @Fi'), Overaii manufacturing Iead tirne (OMLT), Overail

waiting time in the order release pool (OWTORP),

Variabiiity (i-e. CoV) in the load in the order release pool, and

Variability (Le. CoV) in On.

The objective of this set of experiments was CO expIore how vatying the control limits of the

AR and OR d e s effem a number of important performance measures including OPA,

O P n , OPRL, On, OMLT, OWTORP. and &O the variability of OiT as well as that ofthe

load in the ORP in the presence of an AR d e otber than full acceptance.

Page 102: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

Effect on OPA. OPTL and OPRL

The values of OPA. OPTL and OPRL from the experiments have k e n ploned and presented

in Figure 4.6. Each point in a plot represents the average of the five averages of the

corresponding quantity from the five simulation replications. Each plot is drawn at a

particufar level of RLBUS, when CLBUSM is king varied

The following observations can be made h m tbis expriment:

(a) At any level of RL-BUS, OPA increases with CL-BUSM,

(b) At a particdar R U U S . OPTL decreases with increasing CL-BUSM,

(c) At a particular RLBUS, OPRL decreases with the increase of CL-BUSM,

(d) There is an optimum value of RL_BUS for which the system achieves the maximum

possible OPA,

(e) At a panicular CL-BUSM. OPTL decreases with RL-BUS,

If) At a particular CL-BUSM. OPRL inmases with the decrease of RLBUS.

At a fixed ievel of &BUS, a lower value of CL-BUSM causes the system on average to

hold an order in the order release queue for a longer tirne. Due to this the average o v d

rnanufacturing lead time (OMLT) will reduce (as WU be seen in the next section) but this

fields no improvement in overaii flow time due to the increase in the average overail waiting

M i e in the order release queue (OWTORQ). As a result OPTL increases as CL-BUSM

decreases, AIso as the average speed ofjobs through the system decreases. overail congestion

in the system increases. which results in OPRL aiso increasing as CLBUSM dmeases.

Thus, the system suffen larger losses as CL-BUSM decreases or. in other words, OPA

inmases with U-BUSM. Wùat the value of OPA at a particuiar combination of RL-BUS

and CLBUSM wiïi be. depends on how much loss (through tardiness and rejecrion loss) is

cause& It has been already seen that at a particular value of RLBUS, OPA depends on

CL-BUSM. Now at a fixed CL-BUSM, if RLBUS increases the system wiii accept more

Page 103: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

0 P A . O f I l . O P R L ~ C L ~ ~ OPA. O P a OPRL r CL I W O )

OPA OFIL 0PRI .a CLiRL1JI OPA OP'& OPRL a CL I L - I O )

orders and this will make OPTL increase owing to the increased load in the order release

queue. although it wiU reduce OPRL. So the maximum OPA will correspond to that set of

vaiues of the control lirnits which makes the total loss minimum. As at a particular RL-BUS,

OPA increases with CL-BUSM until average OWTORQ becomes zero, so it can be said that

for this manufacturing system, under these specific conditions, immediate retease of the

Page 104: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

accepted orders to the shop floor will$ve the best OPA So the rernaining controi limits that

need to be properly chosen are the conuol limits of the active acceptlreject d e (i-e.

CL-BUSM can be set to equal -US to cause immediate release of accepted orders).

Effect on OFT. OMLT and OWTORQ

Figure 4.7 presents the effecrs on OFT. OMLT and OWTORQ. Plots have been drawn in

the same manner as for the previous set of plots.

The following observations can be made fiom this experirnent:

(a) At any parcicular RL-BUS, with the decrease of CL-BUSM, OFï increases. OMLT

decreases and OWTORQ increases at a higher rate than OMLT decreases,

(b) At a partidix Ci-BUSM. if RL-BUS decreases, O R . OMLT and OWTORQ

decrease.

At a particular RL-BUS if CL-BUSM decreases, an accepted order, on average. wiii be heId

up in the order release queue for a Longer time which causes the shop floor to be less

congsted and OMLT to decrease. However as the increase in OWTORQ is larger than the

decrease in OMLT, OFT (being the s u m of those two), consequentiy increases. if RLBUS

decreases. the system rejects more ordes and hence it will be less congested which will

result in decreased OMLT. Aiso. the order reiease queue wiii not be overloaded and due to

Iess jobs in the system, orders from the order release queue are released quickly which results

in decreased OWTORQ. Since bah OMLT and OWTORQ decrease. clearly OFT wiil

decrease too.

Page 105: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

- - pp -. - -.

Figure 4.7: OR. OMLT and OWTORQ vs. CL (for Different Values of RL)

Effect on the Variabilitv of Order Arriva1 into the ORO and on the Variability

of the Load in the ORO

Figure 4.8 depicts the effect of the control Iimits of the accept/reject rule and the order

Page 106: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

rdease mle on the variability (CoV) of the order arrivai process into the ORQ md also on

the variability (CoV) of the load in the ORQ.

CoV or Arrinl i i d O PQ Loid n C L i P W S CoV of .&miml .id OPQ Laid n C L iRG541

-cC~V-ORQ-LU~II +CiV-ORO-IAT -CuV-ORQ-Luad -CoV-ORQ-IAT .

CoV of Arrinl i i d OPQ Laid n C L ! P L U ) CeV of Arrinl i i d ORQ Loid n CL I R L U I

ÇoV 014rrinl a i d 0 P Q Laid n C L i I I L I S 1 CoV of Arrlnl n id ORQ Lon4 VI C L i l t L l W i

Figure 4.8: Variability of Inter-arrivai Time to the ORQ and Load in the ORQ vs. CL (for Different Values of RL)

The followin_e observations c m be made h m this experiment:

(a) At a particular value of RLBUS, the CoV of the inter-&val tirne of orders into the

ORQ decreases with the increase of CL-BUSM,

Page 107: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

O>) At a particuiar vahe of RL-BUS, the CoV of the load in the ORQ increases with

CL-BUSM. Note that for aii cases where L-CL the CoV of the load in the ORQ

is zero since these cases correspond to the immediate release.

(c) At a particular value of CLBUSM. as RL-BUS decreases, the variabiiity of both the

quantities increase.

Regarding the variability in the load in the ORQ, it rises witb CL-BUSM if RL-BUS

remains at a particular value. The load level in the ORQ depends on the rate of load input to

the ORQ (guided by &BUS, CL-BUSM and also the rate at which the shop floor

processes the released Load) and the rate of load release h m ORQ (which is guided by

CL-BUSM and the rate at which the shop floor processes the released load). When

CL-BUSM is zero and RLBUS is very hi$ (which is equivalent to accepting al1 orders),

the average load in the ORQ wdl be at its maximum (among ail the possible combinations

of RL-BUS and CL-BUSM) and the profde of the load in ORQ over Ume wlil remain close

to this maximum. This happens because of the foiiowing m o n . In the above situation, the

rate of releasing the Ioad h m ORQ is Iower than the rate of aniving candidate load (a

portion of which is rejected) to the system. So whenever a portion of the Ioad in the ORQ is

released. the m m thus created in the ORQ dong one or more routes is fdled up by aniving

candidate load before more room is created in the sarne route(s) or other and this happeus

with a high probability. Thus the total load in ORQ rernains high. Also, the load in ORQ

cannot increase beyond the aforementioned maximum limit due to the presence of low

CL-BUSM redting in a low variability in the load in the ORQ.

Effect on the Variabiiitv of Overail Flow Time ( O m

Figure 4.9 shows the effect of varying the coatrol limits on the variability of flow time. The

obsentations that can be made h m this experiment are:

(a) At a partidar value of &BUS, if CL-BUSM increases, the variability in OFï

Page 108: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

93

increases. The rate of increase pdual ly slows down at higher values of CL-BUSM.

b If RL-BUS changes. the change in variability of OFï depends on the combinarion

of values of RL-BUS and CL_BUSM. At higher values of CL-BUSM the variability

of OFï decreases with RL-BUS. wtiile for CL-BUSM <= 15, the variability of OFï

decreases with RL-BUS (from 35 backward in the figure) until RL-BUS = 20, after

which the variability starts increasing with the decrease of RI,-BUS.

CoV of OFT vs OR Limit at Different RL

O R Control L imi t

- - - -

Figure 4.9: CoV of OFï vs. CL (for Different Values of RL)

4.4.2 Experiments Involving Both Regular and Urgent Orders

For these experiments. AR. OR and DR are vaïed through (TAL. BUS 1. {TRL BUSM and

[EDT. SIOPN} respectively and for each of these eight combinations of conuui d e s

relevant HL. RL and CL are varied through ( 10.20,30}, { 10.20.30) and [ 10. 15.20.25,

Page 109: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

30) respectively. Each of these experiments is carried out at the following specific values of

the environmental factors, which are chosen to be their base level values.

DL = 85%

DLV = O. 1

PTV = 0.1

PU0 = 5%

DDT = "Loose" .

in order to avoid performing an excessively large number of simulation runs, instead of doinp

experiments according to a full factoriai design, a different approach has been followed. Four

regession models. one for each combination of AR and OR, have k e n built. Each regession

mode1 connects OPA and other relevant changïng parameters (i.e. DR and relevant HL, RL

and CL). From each of these regression equations, OPA can be predicted for different vaiues

of rhese chanmg parameters. For each of the regression equauons. a cubic polynomial in

DR HL. RL and CL éas k e n fit to the observed values of OPA from a specified set of

experiments. It is assumed that a cubic poiynomial will adequateIy represent the m e

relationship between OPA and those parameters. The set of experiments was chosen h m

a range of possible experiments (correspondhg to a full factorial expehentai design) by

means of a D-optimai design (John and Draper, 1975) under the restriction tha~ the effects

considered (Le. the terms appearing) in the regression equation can be estimateci from this

optimum (minimum) set of experiments. This D-optimal design was carried out using the

SAS statisticai software package, Appendix G provides a brief description of this approach.

However as a criticism of this approach it shouid be noted that this D-optimal design does

not ,parantee that these effects are estimated without confouuding each other. As a resuit,

the coefficients of the krms appearing in the regression equation may be biased. This means

that, recogaizing these coefficients as random, the expectation of these coefficients are not

Page 110: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

necessarily equal to their me value. However, (a) as this bias creeps in not only due to the

incorrect experirnental design to estimate these coefficients but aiso due to the incorrect

choice of the postuiated regession mode1 (Draper and Smith, 1966) and, (b) as it is very

complex to identa afrocrional experimentai design where al1 the chosen effects (appeathg

in the regression equation) can be eshated without confounding each other, it was decided

to recourse to a Poptimal design.

A brief general introduction of the D-optimal design, a justification of the effects chosen in

the regession equations, and the exact SAS program to generate one of these D-optimal

desigus (the others are similar) are given in the Appeadur G.

Effect on OPA

Different values of HL. RL and CL (corresponding to appropriate AR and OR) as well as DR

(whose possible values are EDT and SIOPN). are plugged into the regression equations thus

obtained. to predict the value of OPA. The complete set of results is presented in tabuiar

form in Appendix H. From the results the key observations are as follows:

(a) For any combination of AR, OR and DR at any pair of values of HL and RL, OPA

increases as CL incmses,

(b) in the above experiments, the SIOPN d e performs better than the EDT nile, in al1

cases.

It has ken observed in section 4.4.1.3 that holding orders in the order release queue always

increases the average overall waiting t h e in the order release queue (OWTORQ) aithough

it reduces the average overall mauufacturing lead time (OMLT). Thus the benefit obtained

by reduction of OMLT is offset by the increase in OWTORQ so that the OFï increases and

as a resuit the system loses money through increased OFTL. This explains why OPA

inmases with the increase of the conuol lirnit of an order release de. In other words, when

Page 111: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

OPA is the principai performance meanire to look a& it is always better to operate the system

with immediate release (MM) as the order release mie.

The results of the experiments suggest that using SIOPN as a dispatching d e is aiways

better than EDT. This is because EDT gives priority to a job on the basis of its due date

which is static in nature, while the criterion on which SIOPN works is based on a quantity

which is equai to the slack per remaining numkr of operations. This latter quantity is

dynamic in nanire and is updared to its most recent value when the decision is taken. if two

jobs, having equal due date, are competing for the same resource, then EDT wiii choose the

one having the earlier enuy time into the system. whatever rnay be its remaining slack per

number of cemainhg operations. Also. there is no mechanism in EDT to handle jobs with

negative slack. S/OPN handles these jobs on the bais of a cost criterion, wMe EDT keeps

on pnoriUing these jobs on the basis of due date which is inadequate in these situations.

Page 112: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

Chapter 5

Main Experiments and Analysis

It has been observed in the preliminary experirnents on the uncontrolled manufacnrring

system (ie. when aI1 orden are accepted and rdeased to the shop floor immediately) how

overaii performance achievement (OPA) varies with the environmental factors. It has also

k e n observed that for tfie environrnentd factors at their base leveis, for any combination of

AR. OR and DR, immediate reIease (IMM) is the best order reIease d e and S/OPN is the

best dispatching nile as long as the principal performance measure concerned is OPA. In the

remainder of this thesis further experiments will be resuicted so that OR and DR are f i ed

at these levels. Thus the experiments reported in this chapter focus on the niaking of optimal

acceptireject decisions.

The chapter à_* with a study of how the main system performance measures Vary with the

control parameter(s) of the active accept/reject d e at different vdues of the environmentai

factors. The main focus of this chapter is on how different parameters of the accept/reject

des can be ophally chosen under different given vdues of the enWoumentai factors. The

sensitivity of this opcimal choice of conml parameters to variation in the environmental

factors is &O studied, Materiai is dso presented comparing the performance of each AR d e

(under op& vaiues of its conno1 paranieters) with the full acceptaace case (i-e. when al1

orders mus be accepted). The chapter concludes with a cornparison of the performance of

the h e e different acceptireject d e s considered in this research.

Page 113: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

Throughout this chapter, acronyms are used extensively to refer to the experimental factors

and many performances of interest. PIease see Appendix D for the acronym giossary.

5.1 The Effect of the Control Parameters of the Accept/Reject Rules on the Main

Performance Measures

1 . The BUS AccepüReject Rule

To study the effect of the control parameters in the case of the BUS acceptfreject d e on the

main performance measures of the system at different values of the environmental factors,

RL-BUS is varied through ( 14,18,22,26,30} hours with HL-BUS hxed at 22 hours. This

is done when one of the environmental factors (Le. DL, DLV, PTV, PU0 or DDT) changes

across different values while others are held fixed at their base levels. ïhe values of these

environmental factors used in this experiment are as follows (with the base levels show in

bold font):

DL = (0.75,0.85,0.95},

DLV = (0.1.0.55, 1.0},

FTV = {O.l, 0.3},

PU0 = {0.05,0.15,0.25],

DDT = { "Loose", 'Tight" } .

For each of the different scenarios, the system has been simulated for 5 replications each of

length 83520 hours which inciudes a wm-up period of 11520 hours, so that a confidence

interval on the average of each of the observed performance measures has a haif width less

than or equd to 0.1% of the rnean value of the performance measure. The observed

performance measures are OPA, UPA, RPA, OPRL and OPTL Kgme 5.1 has ben drawn

with the environmental factors at their base levels. The figure shows that as RL incrwses

Page 114: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

10 14 18 12 16 30 JJ

R L

- 0 P X -0PRL -0PTL

Figure 5.1: OPA. OPRL and OPTL vs. RL

OPA increases. The figure dso shows how the correspond in^ OPRL and OPTL Vary with

increasing RL to yield the resulting OPA. As EU increases, OITL increases while OPRL

decreases. if RL increases further (which is not shown in this figure), OPA will eventuaily

decline owing to the very high OITL dthough OPRL will be very low. So for a futed value

of HL. there can be found ri RL for which OPA is maximum where the totai loss. comprised

of rejection loss and tardiness Ioss. is the minimum for the given set of values of the

environmental factors. Keeping other environmental factors at their base levels, if DL is

varied, OPA is affected ris shown in the Figure 52. Each of the three curves in the figure

shows its convex nature but as DL increases the maximum vdue of OPA is achieved at lower

value of EU, which means that at a hi@ congestion the system wiii reject more orders to

Figure 52: OPA vs. RL Across DL

Page 115: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

reach the maximum OPA.

If OPRL and OPTL are plotted (as shown in Figure 53 and Figure 5.4) for these three

values of DL under the s m e conditions of Figure 5.2, then it c m be observed that at a

particular RL, both OPRL and OPTL are higher at a higher DL and as RL increases OETL

driaticaily increases for higher DL. As the present system has a €ied capacity and the due

O P R L n R L across DL

-DL* 75 - D L d . 8 5 -DL4.95

Figure 5.3: OPRL vs. RL Across DL

date of the orders cannot be influenced, at a higher DL the system achieves the maximum

OPA by rejecting more orders (i.r. by lowering RL).

O Pn. n R L across DL

Figure 5.4: OPTL vs. RL Across DL

As DLV increases the vaiue of OPA at a particuiar HL and Ri, decreases. This is shown in

Page 116: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

Figure 5.5. This figure is drawn with other environmental factors at their base levels. The

interaction effect of RL and DLV on OPA is insignificant in this particular scenario. As PTV

increases a similarphenomenon is observed as is stiown in Figure 5.6. In this case it can also

be observed chat at a higher PTV. the system tries to achieve the maximum OPA at a lower

value of RL, other conditions remaining unchanged.

O PA vs RL across DLV

v

IO I I 1Y 22 26 :O i 4

RL ---

A O L V d 1 + u w m 55 -0LV.I O

Figure 5.5: OPA vs. Rt Across DLV

O P A i r E L a r r i s , P T Y

Figure 5.6: OPA vs. RL Across Pm

Figure 5.7 shows the effect of P U 0 on OPA under varying RL with the other environmental

factors set at their base levels. At a lower RL. OPA is higher for higher PUO, whereas when

RL is high the scenarîo with lower PU0 wilI amin higher OPA.

ïhe effects of vaqing DDT on OPA are shown in Figum 5.8. At the 'Tight" level of DDT,

Page 117: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

OPA drops at a much faster rate with increasing RL and d s o the systern tries CO attain the

optimum OPA at a lower value of RL. At the 'Tight" level of DDT, the flow dlowance of

an order is smdler and dso the tardiness cost penalty factor (Le. Ku) is higher. So to avoid

a high tardiness penalty. the system rejects more orders CO main the maximum OPA which

is achievable at chat condition.

O PA vs PL across PU0

Figure 5.7: OPA vs. RL Across PU0

O PA us RL icrers D D T

Figure 5.8: OPA vs. RL Across DDT

Page 118: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

5.12 The TAL Accepü'eject Rule

To study the effect of the conml parameters in the case of the TAL acceptireject d e on the

main performance measures of the system at different values of the environmental factors,

RL-TAL has varied h u g h (50,100,150,200,350) hours with &TAL fixed at 50 hours.

This is done when one of the environmentai factors (Le. DL, DLV. FN. PU0 or DDT) is

varïed over the same range of values as for the BUS rule in section 5.l.l. while others are

held h e d at their base levels.

As for the BUS case, for each of the different scenarios the system has been simulated for

5 replications each of lene@ 83520 hours which includes a wami-up period of f 1520 hours,

so that confidence intervais on the average of each of the observed performance measures

have haif widths less than or equal to 0.1 % of the mean value of the performance measure.

The observed performance measures are OPA, UPA, RPA. OPRL and OPTL. PIOE

corresponding to those for the BUS d e in 5.1.1. are given for the TAL rule in Appendix K.

These plots wtiich are hopefully self-explanatory. yield highiy similar observations on how

variation of the environmental factors and of the TAL mlc's conuol limits affect

performance. The only interestinp observation that can be made in cornparison to the BUS

d e is that OPA is somewhat insensitive to increasing Ri, after a certain value of RL. within

the range of RL chosen for this experiment. The plots indicate that OPA is less sensitive

around the optimal value of the conml limit. compared to the BUS rule. However this is not

so in the case of a 'Tight" levei of DDT and in the scenarîo with DL = 0.95, in which case

the siope around the optimum is comparatively much steeper.

5.2 Fmding the Optimal Control Poiicy for Given Environmentai Conditions

'This section reports on an important and major aspect of this researcti which is to study how

ttie systemcan be optimaiiy conmlled under different environments by adjusting the conml

Page 119: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

104

paramerers of the accept/reject d e s . Also it is of interest to snidy how sensitive this choice

of control pararneter(s) is with respect to variation in the environmentai factors. The

foltowing sections study this for each AR rule option. For each d e . two different cases viz

the case of al1 re,dar orders and the case of two classes of orders have k e n separately

studied

5.2.1 The General Approach to Fiding the Optimum

To find out what should be the optimal policy i.e. what should be the value(s) of conml

Iimit(s) when a certain acceptfreject d e is active, so that the system performs the besf the

general approach taken is described below. This same approach is folIowed in a i l cases

where the optimum is sought. This approach has two main steps:

(a) In the fmt step, a regression model is built which connects OPA and the conmllable

and environmental factors viz. HL, RL, DL. DLV, Pm. PU0 (not present if al1

orders are regular) and DDT.

(b) M e r the regression model is built, OPA is optirnized using this regression mode1

with respect to HL and RL when other factors are set at specific values. The

optimization is done by implementing the quasi-Newton search aigorithm CO fmd the

direction of search while forward differencîng is used to estimate the partial

derivatives of the objective function. An initial estimate of the basic variables in one-

dimensional search. is done by quaciratic extrapolation. OptimUation of this type can

be cairied out using the Microsoft Excel solver.

To budd a regression equation, a cubic polynomiai in six factors (when PU0 is zero) or

seven factors (when PU0 is non-zero) is fitted to the observed values of OPA, which are

obtained h m a specified set of experiments. This set of experiments Ïs determinecl by a D-

Page 120: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

optimal design (see Appendix G for more derails on this technique) under the condition that

the effects appearing in the re-gession model are estimable. aithou@ not necessarily without

confounding each other. The criticism, assumption and the justification presented in the

previous chapter is again vaiid here. h the case of BUS and TAL acceptlreject d e s when

two classes of order are involved the set of experimenrs mentioned above (to build the

corresponding regression model) was equivalent to a full factorial expimentai plan.

Each regression mode1 thus built, is stochastic in nature as the coefficients of the terms in the

regession model are random. To optimize OPA with respect to HL and RL, it is required to

find out the maximum of the expected value of OPA for a l i possible pairs of values of HL

and RL (or Kincr in the case of the SIMUL AR d e ) . If a pair of values of these two controi

limits is piuged uito the cegrmion modeF the value of OPA thus obtained is the expected

value of OPA. So when the optimum OPA is determineci using the optimization method as

mentioned &fore. it is this expected value of OP.4 which is optimized. However when the

opthkation dgorittuncornpares between two values of the objective function in the process

of optimization, it does not consider the confidence interval around rhuse expected values

Le. in other words. the dgorithm assumes tliat the situation is deterministic.

To determine the quality of these re-gession rnodeIs. the predictions for OPA at some

specific sets of values of the environmeutai factors h m each of the models have k e n

compared with their corresponding values as obtained from the direct simulation of the

system. This comparïson is shom in Appendix I.

Page 121: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

5.3 Optimal ControI with the BUS as AcceptIReject Rule

5.3.1 The Case of Al1 Regular Ortiers

These optimal values of &BUS are plotted in different figures which show how the

optimal choice of die control panmeters varies with different environmental factors. The

plots corresponding ro d l the main effects and only smng two-way interaction effects arnong

the environmental factors (as is obvious from the regession equation in the appendix) have

k e n presented in the foilowing sections.

5.3.1.1 Influence of DL When Other Factors Are Fixed ar Their Base LeveIs

Figure 5.9 shows how the optimal conuol lirnit varies with DL h m 0.75 to 0.95 at a step

of 0.05 keeping other factors rit their base levels. From the figure it c m be observed that as

DL increases. RL drcreases. At each value of DL. RL is chosen so as ro give the most

appropriate balance between rejection and tardiness cos& that yields the overai1 best possible

Optimal Control Limit rn DL

- -

Figure 5.9: RL vs. DL (for BUS. P U 0 = 0%)

performance. Clearty. as DL changes, so does the balance point. When DL increases RL

needs ro be lowered further, otherwise too large a portion of the exmamount of arriving load

Page 122: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

(due to increased DL) wiii enter into the system. resulting in excessive congestion in the

system.

5.3.1.1 tnfluence of DLV When Other Factors Are Fixed at Their Base Levels

Figure 5.10 shows how the optimal choice of the conml Iimit is influenced by changing

DLV when DLV is varied through 0.1.0.35.0.6.0.85 and 1, while other factors are kept at

their base leve1s. The plot suggests chat as DLV increases beyond 0.35 the optimal value of

RL increases. A possible justification for this is as loliows. With increased DLV, for the

same DL. the systern encounters more intense peak Ioad interspersed with deeper and wider

mughs in load. However on average the system gets an opponunity to process surges in Ioad

during the following uough periods so that any tardiness penalties associated with ri surge

in Load are srnalier chan they would be at a lower DLV. Thus the total loss is minimized by

increasing K. . "-

Optimal Control Lirnit a DLV

O 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 DLV

Figure 5.10: RL vs. DLV (for BUS, PU0 = 0%)

5.3.1.3 Influence of PTV When Other Facrors Are Fixed at Their Base Levels

Figure 5.11 was created by varying Pm through 0.1. 0.2 and 0.3 (while keeping other

factors at tfieir base levels) and shows how the optimal choice of the control iimït is

intluenced by PTV. The resuits suggests chat at tOis particuIar DL, RL decreases as PTV

Page 123: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

increases over this particdar range.

.h Pm increases, the uncertynty in the duration of the processing urne of a task increases.

This Leads to rnore uneven congestion in the shop. Since the absolute error between the true

load and the simple estimate of ir (as the sum of mean task processing times) will be larger.

Underestimating the load wilf cause rnore congestion in the system leading to more tardy

los. wMe overestirnating the load will increasc the rejection loss.

Optimal Control Limit vs PTV

Figure 5.11: RL vs. PW (for BUS. P U 0 = 08)

A possible justification for the rdationship suggested in the plot is as follows. When the

system rejects an order al1 that is lost is the potentiai revenue of the order (i-e. the exact

magnitude of the pend- is known) and as an indirect effect. the processing of the existing

orders In the system and the orders which will be accepted in the near future are facilitated.

On the other hand. if an ordcr is accepted the maximum benefic that c m be achieved is the

tarning of the maximum revenue of the order but there is a twofotd risk rissociated with this.

They are a direct risk of tardy Ioss for this order which c m be more thm the maximum

potential revenue and an indirect risk which is rhe pmbabIe iardy Ioss due to the created

mess i through i n c r e d congestion) in the processing of the existing orders as well ris the

orders chat are going to be accepted in the sysrem in near future. So if PTV increases (with

DL or other factors unchanged) the system finds ir more economic to reject more orders.

Page 124: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

5.3.1.4 influence of DDT When Other Factors Are Fixed at Their Base Levels

Figure 5.12 shows how the optimal choice of the conuol Iimit is influenced by chanping

DDT between "Loose" and 'Tighc" Ievels with other factors king kept at their base Ievels.

It c m be seen that RL decreases as DDT increases. The 'Tight" DDT Ievei indicares a short

fIow ailowance and a steep tardiness cost nre which W O U I ~ lead to significant increase in

tardiness costr, compared with "Loose" DDT at the same value of RL. As a result at the

'Tight" DDT level. the system uies to reject more orders by Iowering RL. This will increase

the rejection loss but the total Ioss wilI be minimized wirh this arrangement.

. . --

Optimal Conttol Limit vs DDT

Loose T i h t DDT

Figure 5.12: RL vs. DDT (for BUS. PU0 = 0%)

5.3.1.5 Influence of DL under Chanoine: DLV

Figure 5.13 shows how the optimai choict of the conml lirnit is influenced by DL when

DLV is dso changine. One plot is included for each of €ive Ievels of DLV with each plot

v-ing from 0.75 [O 0.95 3t a step of 0.05. The resuits suggest that at low DL. RL decreases

cis DLV increases. while at hi@ DL. RL increases with DLV.

Page 125: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

Opt imal Control L i m l t r s D L tDLV=U. l i

O p i l m i l Conrrol L i m i t i r D L iDLV=O.bt

Opi lm8I C o i i r o l L i m i t i r D L i D L V - I 1

Figure 5.13: RL vs. DL under Changing DLV (for BUS. P U 0 = 0%)

5.3.2 The Case of Two Classes of Order

In the crise of two classes of order. the values of =-BUS ruid RLBUS to optimize OPA

s differenr values of the environmental factors are obtained as detailed exlier. These optimal

vdues of Ki-BUS and Ri-BUS are plotted in a range of figures in the iollowing sections

to show dl the main rffects and oniy strong two-way interaction effects mong the

environmental factors.

Page 126: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

5.3.2.1 Influence of DL When Other Factors Are Fixed at Their Base LeveIs

Figure 5.14 shows how the optimal controi limits vary with DL from 0.75 to 0.95 at a step

of 0.05 keeping other factors at their base levels. It can be observed that (i) at DL = 0.75, RL

is higher than HL, (ii) üt a higher DL the system chooses HL to be higher than RL to opente

optimdly. ruid (iii) for DL within this higher range, HL does not Vary much with DL while

RL decreases as DL increases.

Optimal Control Limits vs DL

Figure 5.14: HL and RL vs. DL (BUS)

Possible justifications for these three observed phenornena are as follows.

i il When the system chooses HL io be higher than RL for optimal operation, it in effect

reserves some space for the anticipated future urgent orders by rejecting some regdar orders.

in this scenario. ody 5% of arriving orders are urgent which makes the rurivai of urgent

orders relatively Ïnfrequenc. So at a low DL of 0.75. reserving space for the urgent orders and

thus rejecting the ceguliir orders causes a rejection loss which is more than the extn revenue

that could have been eamed by accepting more urgent orders. So at DL = 0.75, to opente

optimdiy. more regular orders are xcepted by keeping RL p a t e r than HL.

i ii) At DL p a t e r than 0.75 however. the system shows a preîèrence for the urgent orders

over the r@ar orders. Here the systern fui& it beneficiai to reserve some extn space for

Page 127: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

the urgent orders by rejecting some re,dar orders. The extra Ioss of revenue due to the

rejection of re-dar orders (compared to the situation when W R L ) is lower han the exua

revenue earned by accepting more urgent orders. This acceptance of exna urgent orders

would not have k e n possible. without excessively large increases in tardiness costs, if some

extra regular orders were not rejected.

However this does not necessarily mean that aii urgent orders are accepted. Accepting dl

urgent orders might increase the loss due to tardiness of both classes of orders. Due to the

variability in the arriva1 pmess in the system there is an uneven frequency of amval of

urgent orden. if aH the urgent orders are accepted by further Iowering RL (and hence by

rejecting more regular orders), during any period of low frequency of arrivai of urgent orders,

the loss suffered by the system due to the rejection of r@ar orders cannot be made up by

the revenue eamed even by al1 the urgent orders in this period. So the total b s s will Ïncrease

through the increased rejection loss. On the other hand if RL is not lowered M e r and a i l

the urgent orders are accepted, this will Iead to an increase in tardiness loss. So the optimum

arrangement has been to reject a requisite amount of urgent and regular orders so as to

miaimize the sum total of the rejection and tardiness loss of both urgent and regular orders.

(iii) The system under consideration is a h e d capacity system and is working here under

varying DL. To operate in an optimum fashion (Le. producing the maximum OPA at a gven

situation), RL and HL must adjust to protect the system appropnately from the dynamics of

the environment. Plots of OPRL and OPTL (see Figure 5.15) r e v d that during the interval

DL = 0.75 and 0.80. the system operates in an optimal fashion by accepting more orders

while beyond that region. it relies on rejecting more orders. In this figure the values of OPRL

and OPTL at a particular DL are plotted when the system operates opàmaiiy-

So beyond DLT0.80. the system mats orders of the two classes significantly differentiy.

Rather it is appomoning the urgent and regdar loads judiciously ( h u g h proper setting of

HL and RL) to maximue OPA. The system will always try to accept urgent orden as much

Page 128: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

as possible (under the consaint that the total loss is minimized, as explained in the context

of observation (ü)). As DL is increased the frequency of urgent orders will also increase and

- . -+ - -. OPRL O P T L

Figure 5.15: OPRL and OPTL vs DL (BUS)

the system will q to accept these exua urgent orders fully (see the plot of UPRL and RPRL

in Figure 5.16. with the vaiues correspondhg to the optimd opention of the system).

dthough on an overall bais the system wiil opente optimalLy by rejecting orders (leading

to an increrise in OPRL) which is achieved through rejecting more recguhr orders (and not

the urgent orders). So RL wilI be reduced due to two reasons: (a) due to the increase in

demand level (this has k e n already explained in the context of "dl replar" case). and (b)

in order to be able to sccept exrra urgent orders without criusing overly large tardiness

pend ties.

UPRt and RPRL vs DL

Page 129: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

5.3.2.2 Influence of DLV When Other Factors Are Fixed at Their Base Levels

Figure 5.17 suggests that there is Little influence of DLV on the choice of the optimd conml

limits when other factors are fixed at their base levels. Figure 5.18 shows that the maximum

values of OPA achievable at different DLVs do not Vary significantly either. These values

of OPA were obtained by simulating the system at the optimal values of the conuol limits

with the environmental factors set at the values for which the Figure 5.17 has k e n drawn,

Optimal Control Limits vs D L V

Figure 5.17: HL and RL vs. DLV (BUS)

Optimal O PA vs D LV

Figure 5.18: Optimal OPA vs. DLV (BUS, FA)

Page 130: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

5.3.2.3 influence of PTV When Other factors Are Fixed at Their Base Levels

Figure 5.19 is created by varying PTV t h u g h 0.1,0.2,0.3 while keeping other factors at

their base levels. [t shows that varying PTV has Iinle influence on the choice of the optimal

control lirnits.

- -

Optimal Control Limits vs PTV

Figure 5.19: HL and RL vs. PTV (BUS)

5.3.7.1 Intluence of P U 0 When Other Factors Are Fixed at Their Bue Levels

Figure 5.20 shows how the optimal choice of the control b i t s is influenced by chünging

PU0 from 5 8 to 25% at a step 015% when other factors are fixed at their base levels. From

the figure it can be obsewed that HL stays higher than RL over the whole range of PUO, and

dso that as PU0 increrises. HL cemains relatively constant while RL decreases slowly.

Optimal Control Limits w PU0

Figure 5.20: HL and RL vs. PU0 (BUS)

Page 131: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

To gain insight into this scenario, it is useful to look at the plots showing how OPA, OPEU,

OPTL, UPRL, RPRL. LlFT'L and RPTL are varying with respect to PU0 when the system

is operating in an optirnai liashion. These plots are shown in Figure 5.21. The necessary data

for these plots were obtained by simulating the system with the control limits at their optimal

vaiues and the environmental factors set as for Figure 5.20.

The system frnds it economic to keep space for the urgent orden and to do this a necessary

amount of regular orders are rejected. Thus HL temains higher than RL. At DL = 85%. the

system opentes optimally by rejecting orders on an overall basis. if PU0 is increased. the

system accepts ail the extra urgent orders and RL is lowered accordingly to reject the

necessary quantity of regular orders so that the tardy ioss does not become excessive.

Opiimal OPA m PL0

- e O P A i BUS) - OPA i FA)

OPRL and O P n w Pt0

O 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.1 0.25 0.3 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.1 0.25 PU0

- - - - - -- PU0

- - -4.. - OPRL .+.OPTL -- -. - . - --

I W L O r n L

Figure 5.21: OPA, OPEU, OPTL. UPRL and UPTL vs. PU0 (BUS)

Page 132: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

5.3.2.5 Influence of DDT When Other Factors Are Fixed at Their Base Levels

Figure 5.22 shows how the optimai choice of the conm1 limits is influenced by varying

DDT .xross two different ievels viz. "Loose" md'Tight" withottier factors kept at their base

levels. It can beobserved that at the tight level, RL reduces whüe HL increases compared to

the "Loose" fevel. This is expected because otherwise in the 'Tight" leval. the tardy loss wiii

inc~ase. So more orders are rejected. In both cases. HL remahs higherthan RL. When DDT

level chmges fmm +*Loose" to 'Tight", the corresponding OPA drops h m 95.3 12 to 90.824.

These values of OPA are obtained by simuiating the system at the optimal d u e s of the

control panmeters. with the environmental factors set rit h e values for which the Figure 5.22

has k e n drawn.

Optimal Control Lirnits vs DDT 38.33

Figure 5.22: HL and RL vs. DDT (BUS)

5.3.1.6 [nfluence of DL under Chanrrin~ DLV

Figure 5.23 shows how the optimal choice of the conmi iimits is influenced by DL under

changing DLV. From the figures it crin be observed that other than for low DL at 0.75, both

HL and RL are not vecy suongly affected by DLV.

An increase in DLV causes the system to encounter more intense peak load. When the

Page 133: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

system operates at DL = 0.75, the system is less congested and hence is able to accept this

surge of load by increasing the control limits. So to operate optimaiiy at a low vdue of DL.

control litnits increase with increasing DLV. This increase is not significant when the system

opentes at a higher DL.

Opimai Cuntrd Limits s DL tDLVd.85)

Opiimai Contrd ümih wi DL (DLV=I )

Figure 5.23: HL and RL vs. DL under Changing DLV (BUS

Figure 5.24 shows how the optimal choice of the conuol lirnits is influenced by DL under

changing K'V while keeping other factors at their base levels. Here also it cm be observed

frorn the t i p e that at a low value of DL (0.75), the optimai choice of both the conml lirnits

Page 134: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

are affected strongly while at higher DL, HL increases and RL decreases very slowly, if they

are sensitive at ai! to the chanse in K V .

0.7 0.75 0.8 0.85 0.9 0.95 1 Ot

-rn ...ci... R --

Figure 5.24: HL and RL vs. DL under Changing PTV (BUS)

5.3.2.8 Influence of DL under Chanpina - PU0

Figure 5.25 shows how the optimal choice of control panmeters is influenced by DL under

çhanging PUO. It c m be obsemed tiom the figure that at DL = 0.75. HL increases with

increasing PUO. while iit higher DL. both HL and RL are reiatively insensitive ro changine

PUO.

Page 135: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

Figure 5.25: HL and RL vs. DL under Changing P U 0 (BUS)

53.3 Effect of Optimal Choice of HL and RL for BUS on the Main Performance

Measures

In this section the effect of optimal choice of HL and EU on the main performance measures

has been studied. The performance measures of interest inctude OPA. UPA, RPA, UxPA,

RxPA. OPRL, RPRL, LJPRL, RxPRL, UxPRL. OPTL, RPTL., LJFTL, RxPTL, UxPTL. Each

Page 136: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

of these effects is obsewed and plorted when one factor in the environmental set is varied

luid the others are kept at their base levels. These plots have been presented in groups in

Appendix J. Each such observation is obtained lrorn a simulation run of the system when

the control parameters are fixed at their corresponding optimal values while the

environmental factors are set at the values at which the plot is drawn. The plots are self-

explanatory as far as theu identification is concerned. This section highlights only the key

observations that cm be made €rom these plots.

Figure 5.26 shows that as DL increases OPA drops significantly but pe r fom much better

than when the system accepts dl orders. Figure 5.27 shows that at low DL, OPRL decreases

up to DL = 0.80. tifter which it increases significantly, showing that the system maintains

Figure 5.26: OPA vs. DL (BUS. FA)

- - - -

O P R L and O PTL vs DL

1 2 ,

O - 0 ' 5 O S O 8 5 O 9 O 9 5 1

- -- -- DL - -

- - - . - - - O P R L O P T L

Figure 5.27: OPRL and OPTL vs. DL (BUS)

optimal performance by increasing the proportion of orders rejected. OPTL keeps Iow

Page 137: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

cornpared to OPRL al1 across DL >= 0.85. However when DLV, PTV or PU0 increases.

OPA drops very Little cornpared to when DL changes. With increasing DL. UPA and RPA

are appropriately adjusred as shown in Figure 5.28.

UPA and RPA w D L

--

Figure 5.28: UPA and RPA vs. DL (BUS)

Figure 5.29 illustntes how different cosr related r e m vary with respect to DL under

optimal control. Aiso Figure 5.30 shows how the avense total accepted shop load varies

with DL under optimal control.

Different Cost Related Term m DL (BUS Tm> Classes of Order Scenario With Optimal Conbol)

.. . . . .. - -

Figure 5.29: Different Cost Related T e m vs DL (BUS Two Classes of Orderj

Page 138: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

Average hccepted S hop Load w DL ( B U S Two Classes of Order With Optimal Control

Figure 5 3 : Average Accepted Shop Load vs DL With Optimal Control (BUS, Two Classes of Order)

5.4 Optimal Control with the TcU as AccepüReject Rule

5.4.1 The Case of All Regular Orders

These optimal values of RL-TAL are plotted in different tigures which show how the

optimal choice of the conml panmeters varies with different environmental factors. The

plots corresponding to dl the main effects and only suong two-way intenction effects among

the environmental factors have been presented in the following sections.

5.4.1.1 influence of DL When Other Factors Are Fixed at Their Base ievels

Figure 5.31 shows how the optimal conuol tirnit varies with DL over the range 0.75 to 0.95

rit ri step of 0.05 keeping other factors at their base Ievels. It can be seen that the choice of RL

is insensitive to variation in DL.

Page 139: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

Optimal Control LimM vs DL

Figure 531: RL vs. DL (for TAL, PU0 = 0%)

5.4.1.2 Influence of DLV When Other Factors Are Fixed at Their Base Leveis

Figure 532 shows how the optima! choice of the convoi ümit is influenced when DLV is

varied through 0.1.0,35.0.6,0.85 and 1, while other factors are kept at their base ievels. It

cm be seen that RL increases with DLV. The possible justification for this is the same as that

proposed in section 5.3.1.7.

Optimal Control Lirnit vs DLV

Figure 532: RL vs. DLV (for TAL, PU0 = 0%)

hfiuence of €TV When Other Factors Are Fixed at Their Base Levels

Figure 533 shows how the optimal choice of the contro1Iimit is influenced when PTV is

Page 140: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

Optimal Contra1 Limit vs PTV

Figure 533: RL vs. PTV (for TAL, P U 0 = 0%)

varied through 0.1.0.3 and 0.3. while keeping other factors at their base IeveIs. The results

show that RL decreases with Pm similaf to the case when BUS was the AR rule.

5-4.1.4 Influence of DDT When Other Factors Are Fixed ar Their Base kve ls

Figure 5.34 shows how the optimal choice of the controi Iimit is intluenced when DDT is

varied ricross two different levels vir. "Loose" and 'Tight". other factors remaining at their

base levels. Tt c m be observed that RL decreases as DDT switches from the "Loose" to the

Optimal Control Limit vs DDT

~ o o s e Tight DDT

Figure 5.34: Ri. vs. DDT (for TAL, P U 0 = 0%)

'Tight" b e l . The system rejects more orders at the 'Tight" IeveI of DDT, IO cope with the

changed siruauon uf smdler flow dlowance and higher tardiness cost factor.

Page 141: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

Influence of DL under ChanPing DLV

Figure 535 shows how the optimal choice of RL is inîluenced by DL over the range 0.75

to 0.95 at a step of 0.05 under changing DLV across the values O. 1,0.35,0.6,0.85 and 1.0.

It c m be obsemed that at any particular DL. RL increases with DLV, but for a particular

DLV. the optimal choice of control limits is relatively insensitive to the change in DL.

Optimal Control Limit m DL (DLV=O.l) 150

140 - - E 130 - - 120 - - : 710 - .= 100 -

0.7 0.75 0.8 0.85 0.9 0.95 7

DL

Optha l Control Limit m DL (DLVS.6)

Optimal Control Limit us DL (DLV=l.OI

ODcimnl Coatrol Limit w DL (DLV=OJS)

Optimnl Coatrol Limit rs DL iDLV=û115)

139 99

r30 139.26 140.08

120

110 - - - - -

Figure 5.35: RL vs. DL under Chan~ing DLV (for TAL. PU0 = 08 )

Page 142: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

5.4.1.6 Influence of DL under Chanaing - - Pm

Figures 536 shows how the optimal choice of RL is inîluenced by DL over the range 0.75

to 0.95 at a srep of 0.05 under changing PTV across the values 0.1.0.2 and 0.3. It c m be

observed that at any patticular DL. RL decreases with PTV. but at a particular PTV the

optimal choice is relatively insensitive to D L

O p i d Cmtrd t id t r DL PTV4.1)

-- O.? 0.75 0.8 0.85 0.9 0.95 1

DL

Figure 9.36: RL vs DL under Changing PTV (for T L PUO=O%)

5.3.1.7 Intluence of DL under chan sr in^ DDT

Figures 537 shows how the optimal choice of RL is influenced by DL over the range 0.75

to 0.95 at 3 step of 0.05 under chan-eing DDT between the levels "Loose" and 'Tight". It can

be observed that at the 'Tight" leve1 of DDT, Ri. drarnaticaiiy goes d o m indicating thai the

Page 143: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

Figure 5.37: RL vs. DL under Changing DDT (for TAL, PUû=û%)

system rejects a large nurnber of orders in the 'Tight" level DDT compared to its "Loose"

level.

5.4.2 The Case of Two Classes of Order

in the case of two classes of order. the vdues of HL-TAL and RL-TAL to optirnize OPA

at different vdues of the environmentai factors are obtained as detailedearlier. These optirnd

values of HL-TAi and RL-TAL ;ire plotted in a range of figures in the following sections

to show d l of the main effects.

Influence of DL When Other Factors Are Fixed at Their Base Levels

Figure 538 shows how the optimal control lirnits v q with DL from 0.75 to 0.95 at a step

of 0.05 keeping other factors at their base levels. €rom the figure die foiiowing observations

cm be made.

( 1 ) RL decreases with i n c r a i n t DL.

i 2) HL increases up to DL = 0.80, then decreases with increasing DL.

(3) RL is higher thm HL at any DL but at higher DL their difference reduces.

Page 144: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

Optimal Control w DL

Figure 5.38: HL and Ri. vs DL (TAL)

5.422 influence of DLV When Other Factors Are Fixed at Their Base Levels

Figure 5.39 shows how the optimal conuol Limits vary with DLV across the values (O. l.

0.35. 0.6. 0.85, 1.01 keeping other factors at their base leveis. From the figure it c m be

obsewed that there is little influence of DLV on the optimal choice of HL and RL. The

Optimal Control Limits w DLV 220

O 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.0 1 1.2 DLV

L. -- HL . .O - - . RL

Figure 5.39: HL and RL vs. DLV (TAL)

values of OPA at these values of DLV with the respecave optimal conuol limits are (92.68,

92.73. 91.53. 90.47. 89.63) respectively as obtained from simulation of the system at

appropriate setthp. These values show that OPA decreases slowly as DLV increases.

Page 145: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

130

5.4.2.3 Influence of Pm When Other Factors Are Fixed at Their Base Levels

Figure 5-40 shows how the optimal control limits vary with PTV across the values {O. 1.0.2,

0.31 keeping other factors at their base levels. From the figure it cm be observed that both

RL and HL decrease with increasing PTV.

Optimal Control vs PTV

220 1

Figure 5.40: HL and RL vs. PTV (TAL)

5.4.2.4 lnff uence of P U 0 When Other Factors Are Fixed at Their Base Levels

Figure 5.41. shows how the optimal control limits vary with P U 0 across the values (0.05.

O. 1. 0.15. 0.30.0.25 j keeping other factors at their base Levels. From the figure it cm be

Optimal Control ts PU0

220 O

Figure 5.41: HL and RL vs. PU0 (T'AL)

Page 146: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

13 1

observed that with increasing PUO, RL gradudiy decreases while HE, iacreases.

5.4.2.5 influence of DDT When Other Factors Are Fixed at Their Base Levels

Figure 5.42 shows how the optimal control Limits Vary with DDT across the levels ("Loose".

'Tight") keeping other factors at their base levels. It can be observed that, if the level of

DDT is changed from "Loose" to 'Tight", HL decreases while EU increases, RI. always

being ?pater than Hi.

Optimal Control w DDT

Loos e Tiqht DDT

Figure 5.42: HL and RL vs. DDT (TAL)

5.4.3 Effect of Optimal Choice of EEL and RL for TAL on the Main Performance

Meilsum

in this section the sffect of optimal choice of HL and RL on the main performance measures

has k e n studied when T L is the active acceptkject mie. These performance measures

include OPA. b'P.4, RPA. UxPA, W A . OPRL. RPRL, WRL, RxPRL. UxPRL. OPTL.

RPTL. L F L RxPTL, UxPTL. Each of these effects is observed and plotted when one factor

in the environmental set is varied while the others are held at their base levels. These plots

have k e n presented in p u p s in Appendix J. Each observation in a plot is obtained from

Page 147: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

132

a simulation m of the system when the control parameters are fixed at their corresponding

optimal values while the environmentai factors set at the values for which the plot is drawn.

These plots are self-explanatory as far as their identification is concemed. This section

highlights only the most sigrilficant results evident from these plots.

When DL increases OPA is heavily affected but still remains better than the situation when

the system accepts al1 orders. On the other hand if DLV, PïV or PU0 is increased the

maximum achievable OPA is comparatively less affected. Also in each case, the perfomance

in terms of OPA remains better rtian that obtained in the corresponding full acceptance

scenario. For performance in the full accepmce scenario, please refer to Figure J2.1 in

Appendix J. When DL is above 0.80, OPRL rises dramaticaiiy while OPTL rises up to a

certain limit and then remains stabie, So with the increase of DL, the system operates

optimaiiy by rejecting more orders. In case of DLV also, as DLV increases, OPRL increases.

Except at very hi& DL (= 0.95). at al aber Ievels of DL, RPA is p a t e r than UPA. Also,

except at low DL the system performs better with larger regular orders as RxPA is better for

larger x.

5 5 Optimal Control with the SIMUL as AccepüReject Rule

53.1 The Case of Aii Regular Orders

O p b a i values of Kincr are piotted in a range of different figures which show how the

optimal choice of the control parameter varies with the environmental factors. Plots

con-esponding to al1 the main effects of the environmental factors have been presented in the

foliowing sections.

Page 148: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

5.5.1.1 influence of DL When Other Factors Are Eixed at Their Base LeveIs

Figure 5.43 shows the influence of DL on the optimal choice of Kincr keeping other factors

at rheir base levels. It can be observed ttia as DL increases Kincr increases which means that

a larger proportion of arriving orders will be rejected.

Kincr vs DL

Figure 5.43: Kincr vs. DL (PU0 = 0%)

5.5.1 .2 Influence of DLV When Other Factors Are Fixed ar Their Base ievels

Figure 5.44 shows how the optirnd choice of the control limit (Kincr) is influenced by

chmging DLV while other factors are kept at their base levels. It cm be observed from the

plot that as DLV increases Kincr nses up to a maximum before it drops again.

D L V .- -. -

Figure 5.44: Kincr vs. DLV (PU0 = 0%)

Page 149: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

5.5.1.3 influence of PTV When Other Factors Are Fixed at Their Base Levels

Figure 5.45 shows how the optimal choice of the control limit (Kincr) is influenced by

changing Pm while other factors are kept at their base leveIs. It cm be observed h m the

plot that Kincr is insensitive to change in PTV.

Kincr vs P T V

Figure 5.45: Kincr vs. Pm (PU0 = 0%)

5.5.1.4 Influence of DDT When Other Factors Are Fixed at Their Base Levels

Figure 5.46 shows how the optimal choice of the control limit (Kincr) is influenced by

changing DDT. It cm be seen that Kincr remains almost unchanged if DDT changes Ievel

from "Loose" to 'Tight".

Loose Tight

D D T

-.

Figure 5.46: Kincr vs. DDT (PU0 = 0%)

Page 150: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

5.5.2 The Case of Two Classes of Oder

These optimal values of Kincr are plotted in different figures which show how the optimal

choice of the control parameters Vary with different envimnmentai factors. The plots

corresponding to al1 the main effects have k e n presented in the foilowing sections.

5.5.2.1 influence of DL When Other Factors Are Fixed at Their Base Levels

Figure 5.47 shows how the optimal choice of control limit varies with DL from 0.75 to 0.95

at a step of 0.05 keeping other factors at their base levels. it can be observed that as DL is

Kincr vs DL

Figure 5.47: Kincr vs. DL (Two Classes of Orderj

increased Kincr decreases to a minimum before it rises again. A transition from DL = 0.75

to DL = 0.80. accompanies an increased frequency of arrivai of orders. The system accepts

more orders (in absolute terms) in this new situation. because the system is capable of

processin_e these extra orders over time and thus cm improve the value of OPA. But beyond

DL = 0.80. the system is not left with free capacity to process al1 further extra orders and

hence the exua miving orders due to increased frequency of arrivai at higher DL. need to

be rejected. Othenvise accepting those orders wïii increase the tardiness loss. So Kincr is

increased beyond DL = 0.80.

Page 151: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

5.5.2.2 influence of DLV When Other Factors Are Fixed at Their Base Levels

Figure 5.48 shows how the optimal choice of the control limit (Kincr) is influenced by

changing DLV whiIe other factors are kept at their base levels. It cm be observed that, as

DLV increases, Kincr reaches a minimum and then rises again.

Kincr vs D L V 0.95 -

O 0.7 0.4 0.6 0 . 8 I 1.2 D L V

Figure 5.43: Kincr vs. DLV (Two Classes of Order)

5.5.2.3 Muence of Pm When Other Factors Are Fixed at Their Base Levels

Figure 5.49 shows how the optimal choice of the conmi limit (Kincr) is influenced by

changing PTV while other factors are kept at their base levels. It cm be observed that, with

the increase of ?TV. Kincr increases. As FTV increases the uncertainty in the time to finish

a task increases. The system tries to reject more orders to prevent excessive tardiness penalty.

Kincr vs PTV

Figure 5.49: Kincr vs. PTV (Two CIasses of Order)

Page 152: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

5.5.2.4 Influence of P U 0 When Other Factors Are Fixed at Their Base LeveIs

Figure 5.50 shows how the optimal choice of the control iimit (Kincr) is influenced by

chcuiging P U 0 when other factors are fixed at their base levels. It is observed that Kincr

increases with increasing PUO.

Kincr vs P U 0

Figure 550: Kincr vs. P U 0 (Two Classes of Order)

Influence of DDT When Other Factors Are Fixed at Their Base Levels

Figure 551 shows how the optimal choice of the conuol lirnit (Kincr) is influenced by

changing DDT with other factors kept at their base levels. it is observed that as the system

transits tiorn "Loose" to 'Tight" DDT. Kincr increases.

Loose Tight DDT

~

Figure 551: Kincr vs. DDT (Two Classes of Order)

Page 153: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

5.53 Effect of Optimal Choice of Kimr on the Main Performance Measures

in bis section the effect of optimal choice of Kincr on the main performance measures has

been snidied when SIMUL is the active accepdreject rule. These performance measures

include OPA, UPA. RPA, UxPA. RxPA. OP=, RPRL, UPRL, RxPRL, UxPRL, OPTL,

RPTL. UPTL, RxPTL, UxPTL- Each of these effects is observed and plotted when one factor

in the environmental set is varied and the othea are held at their base levels. These plots

have been presented in groups in Appendix J. Each observation in a plot is obtained from

a simulation nui of the system when h e control parameters are fmed at their correspondhg

opùniai values while the environmental factors set at the values for wfrich the plot is drawn.

These pIots are self-explanatory as far as their identification is concemed. This section

highlights the most s i ~ i c a n t observations from these plots.

if DL increases OPA goes down dramaticaily. OPA seems to be relatively insensitive to

varyin; PUO, DLV or PTV. When each of chese environmental facton increases OPRL

increases with a moderare dope, wMe OPTL decreases or remains stable. The SIMUL d e

performs better for the urgent orders with a iower number of steps at any value of the

environmental facton. Please see Figure 533 in Appendix J.

Under SIMUL, the system rejects urgent orders with a higher number of steps more than the

urgent orders having fewer steps at any DL, PTV or PUO. But at higher DLV, urgent orders

with fewer steps ges rejected more than the urgent orders with higher nuniber of steps, as

UxPRL is higher in this situation, for lower value of x. Rejection of regular orders is very

Iow everywhere.

When the system is operallng under SIMUL. it always has UPRL higher than RPRL at any

condition of the environmentai factors.

Page 154: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

139

5.6 Cornparison of the Performances of the BUS, TAL and SIMUL Rules

This section compares the performance of the three accept/reject d e s that have k e n

considered in this thesis on the basis of OPA, the principd performance measure of the

system, as obtained from siindation mm. The cornparison has been made when each

environmentai factor varies on its own at the following chosen levels (high, medium and

low) with orber factors held fixed at their base levels and dso at some specific combinations

of factor levels with other factors again fixed at their base Ievels. For each scenario, the

rnanufacnuing system was cuntrolled optimaiiy so that the maximum possible performance

is achieved at that scenario. The chosen levels for each factor are as follows:

DL = {O-75,0.85,0.95 1, DLV = (0.1.0.6, L.0).

PTV = {O.[, O.ZO.3},

PU0 = (0.05. O. 15,0.25},

DDT = {"Laose", 'Tight" 1.

W e doing this cornparison IMM and SiOPN are the chosen values for OR and DR

respectiveiy as before.

Each simuIation was m for 5 replications and the resuiting 5 vaiues of OPA were subjected

to paired t-test to compare their means. The means are shown in Table 5.1. Except for

scenarios (15), (16), (18) and (19), the mean OPA for BUS. TAL and SIMUL are always

significantly Merent. The mean OPA for BUS and SIMUL, Ui the above four scenafios are

not statistically different.

D c m be observed fiom the table that BUS is the acceptlreject d e which yields the best

performance for almost di scenarios consideted in the table. Except in scenario (1) when DL

is very low and in scenario (6) wtien DLV is very hi$, BUS performs better than either of

Page 155: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

TAL or SIMUL. In scenario (1). at low DL, TAL outperforms the other two, while at high

DLV, SIMUL performs the best. SlMLn invariably perfonns better than TAL at any

situation considered above except at very low DL.

Table 5.1: Cornparison of AcceptIReject RuIes Based on OPA

I I SctaPrio ! BUS TAI. (Other factors are at brw

1 - j ltvds) 1 OPA I

1 - 1 1 E&RL i Avg. / Eïf..,RL i i v g . iK incr I Avg. ' Ro* 1 1 OP* l ! OP* i

* ( 1 ) Dk75Q 1 17.19.26.65 1 9836 1 11053. 198.66 ' 99.05 1 0-783 1 98.83 ! T a /

Page 156: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

Chapter 6

Conclusions and Future Research

This chapter summarizes the main results of the experimental work reported in this thesis as

well as tiighhghting the primary original conmbutions of the research. It concludes with a

List of potentiai directions for future research that emerge frorn the work reported in this

thesis.

6.1 Summa&ing the Maiu Results From the Research

This section summarizes the main results obtained fiom this research, organized into four

subsections each of which corresponds to one of the specific objectives of the research given

at the end of Chapter 2.

6.1.1 Accept/Reject Rule Behaviour

ï h e experiments reported in Chapters 4 and 5 have provided insight into the operation of an

accepttreject d e under ciiffereut environmentai conditions- In generai, as the severîty of the

pressure on a rnanufacnning system to meet delivery dates increases, so the accept/reject d e

will need to increase the proportion of orders rejected (by changing its contml parameters)

in order to avoid excessiveiy large tardiness penalties. Thus, typicaliy a de's rejection limit

Page 157: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

will need to change to cause the proportion of orders rejected to increase as any of the

foiiowing environnientai factors increase: demand level, system variability (in tenns of either

demand or processing times), due date tightness.

Some specific results from the experirnents that are worth repeating here include tbe

foiiowing:

The results show that for the BUS acceptireject d e , under any set of values for the

environmental factors, it is always possible to find an appropriate set of vdues for the

limits on the accepted urgent and re,dar load on the busiest machine on the route of

the order (i-e. HL and RL) for which the Overall Percent Achievernent (OPA) is

rnaximked.

M e n there is only re,gdar orders, an increase in the process time variabilicy causes

a reduction in the optimum value of RL at which OPA is maximum. However. the

effect of increasing the demand level variability on the optimal value of RL seems

to be the opposite, i.e. at increased variability in demand level, the value of RL at

which the system attains the maximum OPA increases.

When demand leveI is low, both for BUS and TAL acceptlreject d e s , the accepted

Ioad k t for the regular orders is set higher than that of the urgent orders to show

preference for the regular orders. But for higher demand levels. the system aIways

prefers urgent orders when working under BUS. ahhough when working under TAL,

the system does so only at the highest &mmd level, When demand level increases,

the maximum OPA always drops whether working under BUS or TAL, while the net

revenue increases rnon~tonicaiiy~

When the percent of urgent orders inmases, the system aiways prefers to accept

more urgent orders than regular ones when working under BUS, but it does not do

Page 158: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

so mtii the percentage of urgent orders is sufficiently hi$ (more than 20% when

other environmental variables are at their base level), when worlcing under TAL.

(e) Under changjng variability in the demand level or in the processing time, the system

does not show appreciable sensitivity towards the choice of optimal control

paramecers for either of the BUS or TAL rules.

(0 When the due date tightness level switches from "Loose" to 'Tight", the system.

when working under the BUS d e . starts rejecting more regular orders than before

to make space for accepting more urgent orders than before.

(g) BUS was tested with an order release rule (BUSM) other than immediate reiease

(MM) to expriment with a wo-stage input control. It was found that holding orders

in a pre-shop pool in the present manufacturing system deteriorates the overall

performance achievement. Holding an order in rui order release pou1 increases the

system flow tirne. aithough the rnanufacturing lead time definitely reduces. It also

increases the variability in the load in the order release queue. The experiment also

showed a very complex effect on the variabiiity of overall fiow time when studied by

v-g the acceptance b i t and the release limit of the des.

6.12 Performance of the Simuiation-based AccepüReject Rule

The SbWL mie as designed was able to perform sionificantly berter than the base case of

full acceptance but the results showed that for many environmentai conditions this nile did

not perfom as well as the BUS algorithmic d e .

(a) The situations where the SIMUL d e was the best of the des tested inchde those

with hi& variabiiity in the demand level @LV = 1.0) and dso with extremely high

Page 159: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

demand level (DL = 0.95), with other environmental factors set at their base levels.

In these scenarios SIMUL was marginally bener than BUS and substantiaiiy better

than TAL.

(b) In Chapter 5, at some chosen sets of values of the enviromentai factors the three

acceptlreject nites have been compared on the bais of O P k At situations other than

hi$ varîabilicy, the performance of SlMUL is close to that of BUS and almost 7%

better than the fulI acceptance case.

( c ) in two order class scenarios. at any level of an environmentai factor while keeping

other factors at their at their base levels, the system working under SIMUL rejects a

higher proportion of urgent orders than that of reguiar orders to operate optimally.

(d) At any demand level. the system operating under SIMüL aiways achieves higher

percent achievement for those urgent orders which have a smaiier nurnber of steps.

6.13 Optimal Choice of AccepttReject Ruie Control LMts

The method used to optimally chuose nile control limits as a function of the manufacturing

system's environmentai factors involved the development of an appropriate rekmsion mode1

for each of the three des for each of the scenarios "regular-orders only" and "two classes of

order". For each of the six resulting cases. an appropriately chosen set of simuiation nins was

performed to provîde the necessary data to aUow a regession mode1 to be constnicted then

a mathematicai opBrniZanon engine was used to choose the conml limits for each set of

values of interest for the environmental factors.

The method implemented to determine the optimum vaIue of the conuol parameter@) and

to predict the performance measure of the system at an arbiûary set of values of the

Page 160: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

environmentai factors is genenc in n a m . The oniy restriction king that the input set of

values of the environmental factors has CO be within the range in which the regression model

is valid. The input data set h m wiich regession model is b d t shouid be chosen in such

a way so chat the variance of pfediction £rom the re_gression model is rninimized. This is

where D-optimal design is useful wbich determines a subset from a candidate dataset, so that

the regression model built on that subset can predict with the minimum variance. In using

this approach it is important th* the observed values of the performance measures which are

used to build the regression model should have very low bias. i.e, if they are found from

simulation nuis, it should be ensured that these are obtained from a suffïciently long nui.

Among the six regression models built in this resemh to find the optimum value of the

control pararneter(s), the cwo models dealing with SIMUL accepilreject nile could not be

validated. The reason for the pwr quality of these two modeIs is that the values of OPA at

the chosen data points used to budd the ~"gession models were obtained from short

simulation nuis. due ro the lirnited scope of mource that was available. The computes used

to mn these simulations (using SIMUL as the acceptkeject rule) are very slow and their down

time is very hi$. So within the h e consmht, it was not feasible to get better estimates of

OPA at the chosen points. The test resuia for accuracy for each of the six modeIs have been

provided in Appendix 1.

For the BUS and TAL d e s , the value of OPA mund the optimal choice of the control

parameters is not very sensitive to srnail variations in the nile control limits.

6.1.1 AccepüReject Rule Behavio~f When There Are Two Classes of Order

The expiments reponed in Chapters 4 and 5 have provided insight into how an

acceptlreject nile perfonns when two classes of orders are present. As the resdts show, as

the situation becomes more stressful. În tenns of the difncuky of meeting due dates, so the

Page 161: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

d e s start to treat the classes of order differently in terms of rejecting a higher propo~on of

"re-dar" orders as compared to "urgent" orders.

When two classes of order are involved. at low demand level the system working with the

BUS acceptlreject d e prefers regular orders more than the urgent orders, but at hi$ demand

level the system prefers urgent orders more than re,dar orders. In the case of the TAL d e ,

over aü demand Ievek, the system prefers regular orders unless the percent of urgent ordes

is high in which case the system will prefer urgent orders. When working with SIMVL, at

any value of any one of the environmental factors while keeping other environmental factors

at their base levels. the percent rejection loss through urgent orders is aiways greater than that

through reguiar orders.

6.2 Applicability of This Reseafch in Practice

Regarding the applicability of this research in practice the folIowing two aspects need to be

considered. F i t l y . it is necessary to identifj which of the lessons leamt fiom this research

mi& be applicable CO other rnanufacturing systems in generai. Secondly, what different

aspects shouid be considered when atrempung to implement the concept of order rejection

in a real manufacturing organization.

The present research was canied out in a setting of make-to-order manufacniring systems.

A make-to-order manufacturing system in practice might differ from the present hypotùetical

system si+@cantly in tenns of shop floor confï,~ufation, process pian of the ordes,

categories of orders, anïval process. occurrence of uncertain events (e-g. machine

breakdowu), etc. The r d t s obtained in this thesis depnding on these factors wiii not be

valid in general and they are specific to this system. However, the redts other than these

should hold good in other rnake-to-order manufacnuing systems as weii.

Page 162: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

More specihcaiiy it should be universaliy tnie that if demand level, demand Ievel varïabiity,

process tirne variability, percent of urgent orders, seventy of due date tightness increases any

real manufacturing system wiii need to reject more orders on an o v e d basis in order to

operare optimaiiy.

On ttie other hand, ai1 the categorical resdts, based on order class or number of steps

invohed in the order or based on the combinauon of these two, will heavily depend on the

configuration of the shop floor, pmess plan of different orden and also the cost stmcture

involved in the system. So these results cannot be generalized or directly appiied to other

systerns.

However, the concept of judiciously rejecting some orden cm be implemented in a specific

real manufacturing system in an appropriately customized way. in gened. this would require

the consmiction of a simulation model to rnimic. to a sufficient level of detail. the operation

of the system. Next, this model wouid need to be exercised to develop a regesion model

capable of choosing the best d e , and the best control lirnits for that mie, as a funcuon of the

system's environmentai factors. Finally data collection on and analysis of the operation of

the real system would be required to estimate the values of these environmental factors. afier

which these couid be input to the regression model so that the optimal conuol policy codd

be identified Ongoing monitoring of the real system could be used to detect any si@icant

changes in the environmental factors which would aiiow the conml scheme to be adjusted

if warranted.

63 Onginal Contributions

The present research inchdes several original contributions in the area of input control:

(a) The hnt conmbution of this research is the deveIopment and testing of a simulation-

Page 163: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

based accepdreject d e which has ken shown to outperform traditional algorithmic

accepdreject d e s in certain siniaLions. This simulation-based accepdreject d e is

able to take advantage of the capabihty of discreteevent simdation to predict the

impact of alternative courses of action. This is the fmt ever reported application of

discreteevent simulation to decide upon the acceptanceJrejection of an arriving

order.

Furthemore, this simulation-based accephject d e is a cost-based d e , which

makes a decision on the bais of comparing estimates of the financid irnpact of the

two alternative courses of action. This is aiso the fmt tirne that such a cost-based

criterion has been used to make acceptkject decisions.

(b) hother contribution of this research is the introduction of the concept of adjusting

the conuol b i t s so that in any given changed environment the system can perfonn

optimaiiy. heviously in all other research where rejection of orders bas been

considered. the control was not adjusted to optimize the performance of the system

for that situation. This research also expIored in detail how sensitive the opthai

choice of accepdreject mie control parameters is with respect to variation in the

environmental factors.

(c) This research has heiped develop mater insight into how a manufacnuing system

with the ability to reject jobs behaves and performs under ciiffereut environmental

conditions. The experimental work carried out has lead to a better understanding of

the impact of the acceptlreject d e parameters both on overaii system performance

and on secondary performance measures of interest.

(d) This research has aiso developed insight into how such systems behave in the case

of two ciasses of order. The experimentai work has illustrated how the acceptkject

d e s mat the two order classes differently in order to maximize the oved i

Page 164: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

performance of the system under different conditions.

6.4 Future Research

Based on completion of the work reported in this thesis, a number of potential directions for

fi.uther research have been identified and are Listed below:

(1) The development and testhg of more sophisticated aigorithmic acceptlreject des .

Other variants of the load based algorithmic niles could be implemented. One such

d e is to accept an order if the accepted load on the route of the order is less than

some lirnit.

In the BUS acceptkject de. an order is accepted if the accepted load on the busiest

machine on the route of the order at the tixne of arrivai of the order is below a chosen

litnit. The way this accepted load on the busiest machine on the route of the order is

caiculated (see section 3.3.1) makes the BUS nile, which uses this load information.

biased. This is because the accepted load on a machine is generally variable over

tirne. So if an order is accepted according to BUS, then it is possible that. during its

sojoum through the system, the order may not actudiy expenence that amount of

Ioad because a part of that load is processed in paraiiel by the busiest machine before

the job in question actuaiiy arrives at that machine. Also, the job in question might

be processed before a portion of the Ioad arrives to the busiest machine. In either case

the job is not affected by the load that was anticipated. So there are occasions when

the Ioad on the busiest machine is thus overestimated. This overestimate causes some

orders to be rejected which otherwise could have been accepteci. So the aiporithmic

mie BUS can be improved by introducing correction factors when using different

load infonaation at the time of order arrîvals.

Page 165: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

Improvement of SIMUL to remedy a current flaw. SIMUL is another acceptlreject

nile where there is a scope for improvement. In the case of the SIMUL acceprlreject

nile, the pilot simulation nius are deterministic and also the future order Stream is

shut off during these pilot simuiation m s , This will obviously affect the selection

procedure. As the fume orders are not allowed during the pilot simulation nins and

these pilot nuis are terminared ody wben the system is empty, the jobs in the systern

towards the end of the mn will be frnished faster due to less congestion in the system

and thus the profit measme at the end of the pilot nuis wiii be biased high. So the

decision on the order acceptance on the basis of these performance measures wili

possibly be incorrect. Determiaistic pilot simulation nins will also cause the decision

to deviate from the correct one.

During the simuiation nin wMe future jobs are disdowed. statïstics on the tardiness

of a completed job codd be coilected in tfie following way.

Tardiness = M ~ x t 0 , ctr) + Completion Time - Due Time),

where. clt) is a function of time which increases wich t monotonically and acts as a

compensating factor. The idea b e b d using this compensating factor is that when

new arrivals are stopped and the rest of the jobs in the system are aiiowed to finish,

they wiii be finished at a faster rate as the time advances, because there will be less

and less congestion. So the monotonically increasing compensating factor ctt) is an

anempt to correct for this phenornenon. Here the challenge lies in the suitable

determination of the function dt).

Also. during the pilot simulation runs, if the future orders were to be aiiowed then the

orders need to be accepted according to an order acceptfreject d e . Ideally this should

be the same as SIMUL. In a piIot simulation however, if an order is accepted or

rejected by SIMUL, it will Iead to an infinite recursive Ioop wbich Iogicaiiy does not

Page 166: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

terminate. So it is not possible to impiement SIMUL during the pilot simulation. This

is an intrinsic functional problem in STMUL. Further research is needed to deviate

these problems.

(3) Managing muiticIass customers through selective order acceptance is another area

where the current research could be extznded CO address a number of possible

questions including:

(i) What shouid be the relevant control of the system to maximize the

performance of the system at any situation?

(ii) How does providing a hi@ service level to a relatively smd soup

of high priority customers (which means di urgent orders are

accepted and are hopefully serviced on time) impact the service of the

remaining customers?

(iii) How much of a shop's workload can consist of high priority orders

before the performance of the shop on the low priority orders

deteriorates to an unacceptable IeveI?

(iv) How can a manager provide exceilent service to the lower priority

customers at an acceptable Ievel?

(4) Some of the assumptions involved in the current models codd be relaxed so that

input control in more realistic enWonments could be studied. Further work codd

include macbine break down and miiability, more compiicated pruduct structure

(e.g. assemblies, orders for set of components etc.), l ah r constrainfi etc.

(5) The work could be extended to explore scenarïos where other options than outright

order rejection are considered, This could include:

(i) identification of the minimum overtime that wouid eliminate, or at

Page 167: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

lest significantly reduce. the amount of orders rejected,

(ii) ailowing the manufacturer and the customer to negouate an

alternaiive flow aiiowance, and perhps order price.

Page 168: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

References

Ackeman. S.S., 1963, "Even flow, a scheduiing method for reducing lateness in the job

shop", Management Technology, Vol. 3. No. 1, pp. 20-32.

Adam N. and Surkis, J., 1977,"A cornparison of capacity planning techniques in a job shop

control system". Management Science, Vol. 23, No. 9, pp. 101 1- 1015.

.Meci, 1. and Fisher, W.W., 1992, "Due date assignment, job order release, and sequencing

interaction in job shop scheduling", Decision Sciences, 23, pp. 633-647.

Alidee, B ., 1994. "Minimizing absolute and squared deviation of completion times h m due

dates", Production and Operation Management, Vol. 3, pp. 133-147.

Ariun. EJ., and Roundy, R.O., 199 1, "Weighted-tardiness scheduling on parallei machines

with proportional weights", Operations Research, 39(1), pp. W 8 1.

Ashby, J.R., and Uzsoy, R., 1995, "Scheduiing and order release in a single-stage production

system", Journal of Manufaturing Systerns, Vol. 14, No. 4.

Baker, KR.. 1984. "Sequencing Ruies and Due-date Ass ipen t s in a Job Shop",

Management Science, 30, 1093-2 104.

Bechte, W., 1988, "Theory and practice of load-oriented manufachring conml",

International Journai of Production Research, Vol. 26, No. 3, pp. 375-395.

Page 169: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

Bergamaschi, D., Cigolini, R, Perona M., and Portoli, A., 1997, "Order review and release

suategies in a job shop environment: a review and a classification", International

Journal of Production Reçearch, VOL 35, No. 2, pp. 399-420.

B e m d , J.W.M., 1983a, "The use of workIoad information to control job lateness in

conuolled and uncontrolled release production systems", Journal of Operations

Management. Vol. 3, No. 2, pp. 79-92.

Bertrand. J.W.M., 1983b, 'The effect of workload dependent due-dates on job shop

performance", Management Science, Vol. 29, No. 7, pp. 799-816.

Bobrowski. P.M.. 1989, "Impiemenhg a loading heuristic in a discrete rtlease job shop",

international Journal of Production Research, Vol. 27, No. 1 1, pp. 1935- 1 948.

Bobrowski. P.M., and Park, P.S., 1989. "Work release smtegies in a dud tesource

constrained job shop". Omega, Vol. 17, No. 2, pp. 177- 188.

Chang, F.R. and Chen. J-C., 1997, "Controiiing job shop duedate tightness for assignment

niles including shop stanis information". Journal of Indusmal Technolog: Wmter,

pp. 22-25.

Conway, R.W.. Maxweil, WL., and m e r , L.W., 1967, 'Theory of Scheduling", Reading,

Mass.: Addison Wesley Pubiishing Company.

Crabüi, TB., Gross, D., and Magazine, MJ., 1977, "A classined bibliography of research

on optimal design and control of queues", Operations Research, Vol. 25, No. 2,

March-April, pp. 2 29-232,

Draper, N-R- and Smith, H., 1966, Apphed Regression Analysis, John Wiey & Sons, hc.

Page 170: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

DuMouchel, W. and Jones, B., 1994, "A simple Bayesian modification of D-optimal designs

to reduce dependence on an assumed model", Techometrics, Vol. 36, No. 1, pp. 37-

47.

Eilon, S., Chowdhwy, G., and Serghou, S.S., 1975, "Experiments with the SP mie in job-

shop scheduling", Simulation, 24, pp. 45-48.

Enns, S.T., 1995, "An economic approach to job shop performance analysis", International

Journal of Production Economics", 38, 1 17- 13 1-

Fredendall, L.D., and Melnyk. S.A., 1995, "Assessing h e impact of reducing demand

variance through improved planning on the performance of a dual resource

constrained job shop", international Journal of Production Research, Vol. 33, No. 6.

pp. 1521-1534.

Glassey. C.R.. and Resende, M.G.C., 1988, "CIosed-lwp job release control for WIci rcui t

manufacturingw, iEEE Transactions on Semiconductor Manufacniring, Vol. 1, No.

1.

Gordon, RJ. 1995. "Dynamc finite capacity scheduling using on-line discrete-event

simulation". M.Sc. thesis, Department of Mechanicd Engineering, The University

of Caigary, Calgary, Alberta, Canada

Grant. F.H., 1988, "Simulation in designing and scheduling rnanufacninng systernsn, Design

and Andysis of Integraied Manufacturing Systems, edited by W. Dale Compton,

Washington DC: National Academy Press, pp. 135.

Harty, J.D.,1969, "Conmlling production capacity", American Production and Inventory

Control Society 12th Annual Conference Roceedings, pp. 60-64.

Page 171: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

Heady, RB., and Zhu, Z., 1998, "Minimizing the sum of job earliness and tardiness in a

multimachine system", International Journal of Production Research, Vol. 36, No.

6, 1619-1632.

Hendry, L., and Kingsman, B., 199 1, "A decision support system for job release in make-to-

order companies", International Journal of Operations and Production Management,

Vol. 11, pp. 6-16.

Hendry, L.C., and Wong, S.K., 1994. "iîitemative order release mechanisms: a cornparison

by simulallon". luternationai Journal of Production Research, Vol. 32, No. 12. pp.

2827-2842.

Hill. T., 1985, "Manufacturing Suateg: ï h e Strategic Management of the Manufacniring

Function". London: M a d a n Education.

Holt, CC. 1963. "Priorw d e s for minimizing the cost of queues in machine scheduling",

indusmai Scheduiinj edired by John F. Muth et al., NJ: Prentice Hail Inc., pp. 83-95.

Irastoaa, J.C., and Deane. RH., 1974, "A loading and baiancing methodology for job shop

control". A I E Transactions. Vol. 6, No. 4, pp. 302-307.

Jensen, J.B., Philipoorn, P.R, and Malbotra, M.K. 1995. "Evaiuation of scheduling niles

with cornmensurate customer priorities in job shops", Joumal of Operations

Management. 13, pp. 2 13-228.

John, R.C. St. and Draper. N.R., 1975, "hptimality for regession designs: a review",

Technomeaics, Vol. 17, No. 1, pp. 15-23-

Page 172: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

Kanet. J.J.. 1988, "Load-limited order release in job shop scheduling systems", Journal of

Operations Management, Vol. 7, No. 3, pp. 44-58.

Kingsman. B.. Hendry, L., Mercer, A., and De Souza, A., 1996. ''Responding to customer

enquines in make-to-order companies: problems and solutions". international Journal

of Production Economics, 46-47, pp. 2 19-23 1.

Land and Gaalman. 1996, "Workload control concepts in job shops: a aitical assessment".

international Journal of Production Economics, 46-47, pp. 535-548.

LeGrande. E.. 1963, 'The development of a factory simulation system using actual operating

data". Journal of Management Technology, Vol. 3, No. 1. pp. 1-19.

Lingayat. S. Mittenthal. J.. and O'Keefe. RM.. 1995, "An order release mechanism for a

flexible flow system". International Journal of Production Research. Vol. 33, No. 5.

pp. 1241-136.

Lingayat. S.. O'Keefe, RM. and Mittenthal, J.. 199 1. "Order release mechanisms: a step

towards irnplementing just-in-time manufacniring.", Just-in-Me maaufacnuing

systems: operational planning and conuol issues, New York. Elsevier. pp. 149-163.

Lippman, S.A.. 1975 " A p p l ~ g a new device in the optimization of exponential queueing

systems". Operations Research. 23, pp. 687-7 10.

Lippman. S.A. and Ross. S.. 1971. 'The streetwalker's d i l e m a job shop model". SIAM

Joumal of Applied Mathematics, 20, pp. 336-344.

Little. J.D.C., 1961. "A proof of the queuekg formula L = A W , Operations Research, Vol.

9. pp. 383-387.

Page 173: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

M a h m d , F., Dooley, KJ., and Starr, P J.. 1990, "An evaluacion of order releasing and due

date assignrnent heuristics in aceilular manufacniring system", Journal of Operations

Management, Vol. 9, No. 4, pp. 548-573.

Malhom M.K., Jensen, JB., and Philipoom, P.R.. 1994. "Management of vital customer

priorities in job shop manufacnuing environments", Decision Sciences, Vol. 25. No.

516. pp. 71 1-736.

Melnyk, S.A., 1988. "Production conuol: issues and chalienges", Intelligent Manufacnuing;

pmeedings from the First international Conference on Expert Systems and the

Leadhg Edge in Production Planning and Control, edited by Michael D. Oliff. The

Benjamin/Cummings Publishing Company, Inc.. CA.

Melnyk. SA. and Carter. P.L.. 1987. "Ekduction activity conml: a practicd ,&de",

Homewood. IL: Dow Jones-irwin.

Melnyk. S.A. Denzler. D.R., Magnan, GL. and FredendalI. L. 1994a "An experimental

mode1 for investigating the sensitivity of job shop performance to job release tirne

distribution parameters", Productions and Operations Management, Vol. 3, No. 1, pp.

64-74

Mehyk. S.A., and Ragaa, GL., 1989. "Order review/release: research issues and

perspectives", International Journal of Production Researcb VOL 27. No. 7. pp. 108 1-

1096.

Mehyk. S.A.. and Ragatz. GL. 1988. "Order reviewfrelease and its impact on the shop

floor", Production and Inventory Management Journal, Second Quarter.

Melnyk S.A.. Ragaiz, GL, and Fredendall, L, 199 1. 'Zoad smoothhg by the pIanning and

Page 174: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

order review/release systems: a simulation experiment", Journal of Operations

Management, Vol. 10, No. 4, pp. 512-523.

Melnyk, S.A., Tan. KC.. Denzler, D.R., and Fredendall, L., 1994b. "EvduaMg variance

conml, order reviewfrelease and dispatching: a regression analysis", uitemaùonai

JournaI of Production Research, Vol. 32. No. 32, pp. 1045-1061.

Meyer, R K and Nachtsheim, CJ.. 1995, ''The coordinateexchange algorithm for

comc t ing exact optimal experimental designs", Technomenics, Vol. 37. No. 1, pp.

60-69.

Miller. B.L. 1969. ".4 queueing reward system with severai mtomer ciasses", Management

Sciences. 16. pp. 234-245.

m e r . J.G.. and Roth. A.V.. 1988, "Manufacturing Strategies: execuùve surriinary of the

1988 North American manufacturing futures survey", Boston, MA: Boston

University.

Mitchell. TJ.. 1 9 7 4 ~ "An algorithm for the coasauction of 'D-ophai ' experimental

designs". Technomema. Vol. 16. No. 2. pp. 303-210.

Mitchell. TJ.. 1974b, "Computer construction of 'D-optimal' 6rst-order designSn?

Technomema. Vol. 16, No. 2, pp. 2 1 1-220.

Morton. TE.. Lawerence, S.R., RajagopoIan, S., and Kelrre, S., 1988. "Sched-star a price-

based shop scheduiing module". Journal of Manufactunng and Operations

Managemen& VoI. 1, No. 2. pp. 131-181.

U'Grady. PJ.. and Azoza. M A , 1987, "An adaptive approach to shop loadingw, OMEGA:

Page 175: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

160

International Journai of Management Science, Vol. 15, No. 2, pp. 12 1-128.

Onur. L- and Fabrycb, WJ., 1987, "An inputloutput control system for the dynamic job

shop", IZE Transactions, March, pp. 88-97.

Park. P.S., and Bobrowski, PM., 1989, "Job release and labour flexibility in a dual resource

constrained job shop.". Journal of Operations Management, Vol. 8, No. 3. pp. 230-

249.

PhiLipoorn. P.R.. and Fry, T.D., 1992. "Capacity-based order review/release smregies to

improve manufacturing performance", International Journal of Production Research,

Vol. 30. No. I 1. pp. 359-2572

Philipoorn. P.R.. Malhotm M.K.. and Jensen, J.B., 1993, "An evaluation of capacity

sensiuve order review and release procedures in job shops", Decision Sciences. Vol.

23. NO. 6. pp. 1109-1 133.

Ragaa. G.L., and Maben V.A., 1988, "An evaluation of order releasc mechanisms in a job

shop environment", Decision Sciences, Vol- 19. No. 2, pp. 167-189.

Roderi& LM., PhiUips, D.N. and Ho=, GL. 1992, "A cornparison of order release

snategies in production control systerns", Internationd Journal of Production

Research, Vol. 30, No. 3. pp. 61 1-626.

Scott. M.. 1970, "Queueing with conml on the arriva1 of certain types of customers", CORS

J u u ~ ~ . 8. pp. 75-86.

Scon M.. 1969, "&A queueing process with some discriminrttio~i", Management Sciences, 16,

pp. 227-233.

Page 176: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

Shimoyashiro, S., Isoda, K. and Awane, H., 1984. "Input scheduling and load balance for

a job shop", Intemariona1 Journal of Production Research, Vol. 22, No. 4, pp. 597-

605.

Shingo. S., 1985, A Revolution in Manufacniring: The SMED Sytem, English Edition.

Stanford CT: Productivity Press.

Spearman, ML., Woodruff. DL., and Hopp, WJ., 1990, "CONWJP: A pull alternative to

Kanban". International Journal ofProduction Research, Vol. 28. No. 28. pp. 879-894.

Spearman. M.L. and Zazanis, M A , 1992, "Push and pull production systems, issues and

comparisons". Operations Research, Vol. 43, No. 3, May-June, pp. 52 1-532.

Stidham. S.. Jr.. 1985. "Optimal controI of admission to a queuehg system", IEEE

Transactions on Automatic Control. Vol. AC-30, No. 8. Aupst. pp. 705-7 13.

Szwarc. W.. and Liu. JJ.. 1993. "&Wei@ted tardiness single machine scheduiing with

proportionai weights". Management Science, 39(5). pp. 626-632.

ten Kate. HA., 1994, 'Towards a bener undemanding of order acceptance", Jnternational

Journal of Roduction Economics. 37. pp. 139-152.

Weh, LM.. 1988. "Scheduling semiconductor wafer fabrication", IEEE Transactions on

Semiconductor Manufacnuing, Vol. 1. No. 3, pp. 115-130.

Weser. FAW.. Wijngaanl J.. and Zijm. WH-M., 1992, "Order acceptance strateBa in a

production-twrder enWonrnents with seNp times and due dates7', Internaiional

Journal of Production Reseuch Vol. 30, No. 6, pp. 13 13- 1326.

Page 177: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

Wight, O., 1970, "hput/output control areai hande on lead time", Production and Inventory

Management, Third Quarter, pp. 9-3 1.

Wisner, J.D., 1995. "A review of the order release policy research.", InternationaI Journal

of Operations and Production Management, 15, pp. 2510.

Wouters, M.J.F.. 1997, "Relevant cost information for order acceptance decisions",

Production Planning and Control, Vol. 8, No. 1, pp. 2-9.

Page 178: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

Definitions of Terms Used in the

Literature

This appendk delines different tenns and m n y m s used in tbis thesis, especially in

connection with the literanire review in Chapter 2, Most of the items Listed below faii into

one of the following categories: scheduie performance measures: acceptfreject des, order

release d e s : dispatching d e s .

Page 179: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

This performance mesure has k e n used by h t o r z a and banc

(1971). It identifies the deviation of aggregate shop load for each

machine (i.e., total work in the shop) fiom a specified target sec up by

management. The deviation obtained for each machine is then

averaged over all periods.

AGGWXQ : AGGWNQ is an order release d e used by Melnyk and Ragaa

(1989). The release is initiated when the total incomplete work load

in the shop fails klow a minimum level. The selection of the jobs to

be released is based on the least work in the next queue d e . This

approach represents a 'shopbased' mggering mechanism in a

combination with a 'giobal-seIection' d e .

BFL This order release d e works with a fime horizon that is broken into

Ume buckets and maintains a current work load profile for each

machine in the shop. Working backward fiom the job's assigned due

date. BFL attempts to fit each operation into available capacity for the

appropriate machine. If adequate capacity is not available in a time

bucket. it tries to fit the operation at an earfier bucket until adequate

capacicy is avdable.

There are several variations of this order release nile. But basicdy.

some multiple of expected processing time or queue time is

subtracted h m its due date to CalcuIate the release date. if the reiease

date is on or before the current date, the job is released immediateiy

to the shop regardless of current shop load. Otberwise the job remains

in the pre-release queue util the release date, The BIL technique

utiiizes one of the foiiowing methods to calculate release date:

Page 180: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

EDD

FCFS

where, DD,

RD, = DD, - k,n,

RD, = DDi - k,n, - k,Qi

= Due date of the job.

= Number of operauons in the job.

= Number of jobs in the queue of the

machines on the job's routing,

= planning factors.

This is a dynamic due-date oriented dispatching d e . which can take

severai forms. AU of them determine the priority value of a job as a

ratio of some measure of the expected amount of time Ieft und the

job's due date. This ratio is calcuiated in Ragaa and Mabert (1988)

as:

where. C7 = current time.

DD = job due date,

RPT = remaining processing time for job,

RN0 = rernaining number of operarions,

QAPO = queue aiiowance per operation.

This dispatching d e calculates the loading priority of a job in a

queue on the hasis of the eariiest due date.

This dispatching nite caiculates the loading priority of a job in a

queue on the bais of the eariiest enny time in the queue.

Page 181: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

FFL This order release rule assigns jobs to machines while taking into

account the unassiped capacity at each machine. As machine

capacity is fully assigned. jobs are assigned capacity further into the

future until aü operations have been scheduied. If this forecasted flow

time is less the remaining h e untii the job's due date, release to the

shop may be delayed and the flow rime recalculated after the delay

period. Release dates cm also be based on total current shop loading

or the projected future shop load over the expected flow tirne of the

job, allowing orders to be rekased as soon as the actual or projected

shop Ioad (or bottieneck machine load) falls below some stated

maximum aiiowabIe Ioad,

IlMM See NORR.

IMR See N O M .

MIL This order reiease d e is the same as the variation (2) of BIL.

MINSLK : This dispatching mie calculates the loading priority of a job in a

queue on the bais of the minimum dack.

According to this order release mie, at the start of each period. the

highest pnority jobs are released to the shop floor. one at a tirne, until

either ail jobs are released or the nurnber of jobs in the shop has

reached to the maximum.

%l'WB This is a performance measure. The variance in the work of each

Page 182: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

NORR

PBB

machine over ail time periods is calculated. Then an overail index is

obtained by averaging over a i i machines. This has been used by

h t o r z a and Deane ( 1974).

AU orders are released h m the order reIease pool on anival.

This is an order release d e used by Philipoom et al. (1993).

Following is the description given by the authors. PBB mechanism

first requires that a maxiinun load (which includes work k ing

processed and waihg for processing) be set for ail machines in the

shop (which is PBB threshold). The procedure then involves a two

step approach. In step one, the queue of jobs waiting for enûy into the

shop (pre-shop backlog) is sequenced in increasing order by each

job's unique PBB slack ratio (S). A machine's slack is defined as the

dîfference between the PBB threshold and work already committed

to it in the form of jobs on the shop fioor. m e slack ratio attempts to

identify the average proportion of sIack of ail the machines visited by

a job that is consumed by that particuiar job. Then the job which

consumes a smailer proportion of slack of machines in its path on an

average wouid be a more desirable candidate for entry into the shop.

The slack ratio also penalues those jobs which have relatively large

processing times at temporarily consirained machines. It is calculated

as follows:

+ P,!

where. Si = SIack ratio of job j,

P,, = Prucessing time of job j at machine i,

Page 183: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

(P,d if machine i is not on job j s

route),

T = Capacity threshold,

Li = Current total ioad at machine i,

N, = Number of operations required by job

j, and

m = Number of machines in the shop.

Staring with the first job in the ordered queue, stage two begins by

evduating the job's unique path through the shop. if the cunent load

at each niachine dong the job's path plus the job's processing time at

the machine is below the PBB threshold, the job is released into the

shop. This new release, if hplemented, would increase the load on

ail the machines in the job's path. The current machine ioad not only

indudes the work in its queue, but also the work contained in aii the

jobs which are presentiy in the shop and are going to visit tbis

machine cenue in the future. The capacity load is evaluated for each

operation as foiiows:

if any machine dong the job's path has a Ioad greater than the PBB

threshold minus the job's pmessing t h e at that machine, the job is

retained in the pre-shop backlog. The next job in the pre-shop me, as

ordered by slack ratio. is considered for release. Using the same

procedure, the ORR system continues to check ail jobs in the pre-

shop file.

The variance of queue size in work hours for each machine over time.

Page 184: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

RAN

S/OPN

SWB

An overall index is obtained by averaging over aii machines. This

performance measure has been used by irastorza and Deane (1974).

This order release d e releases orders at random time intervals.

This dispatching d e calculates the loading priority of a job in a

queue on the basis of the minimum remaining slack per each of the

remaining operatiom.

This dispatching nile calculates the loading priority of a job in a

queue on the basis of the shortest total expected processing urne.

This dispatching d e calculates the Ioading priority of a job in a

queue on the basis of the shortest expected remaining processing

Ume.

This is a performance measure. This is the variance of the utilization

of the shop as a whoie taken ver time. This has ken used by lrastorza

and Deane ( 1974).

WCEDD WCEDD is an order reiease d e , used by Melnyk and Ragatz (1989).

According to this, ihe rekase is initiated whenever the work in the

queue ac any work centre drops below a minimum level- The pool

selection d e selects the job with the eariiest due date among those

jobs with th& fim operation at the work centre which trigge~d the

rrlease- The WCEDD approach combines a sbop-based triggering

mechanism with a local selection mie.

Page 185: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

Input File Description

The purpose of this appendix is to provide the detailed description of the input fde called

JobInfoFile. A generic format of this file and the file listing are @en in this appendix.

Page 186: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

Format of JobhfoFiZe

<#of operaiions in tfie 1% order type> <cumuiaLive probabiIity of arrivai of 1" order .pu clP machine number for 1' order type> anean pmcess t h e at rhis machine 42"' machine number for 1' order typu anean process t he at this machinu

<Final machine number for In order type> anean process timt at this rrmchine,

c# operations for order type b <cumulaiive probability of arriva1 of ith order typo anachine for ln operation for this order type> anean operaùon Lime>

anachine for Iasi operation for the order type> a ~ a n o p t i o n type>

cnumber of sreps in the lasr order r p <cumulative prob. of arrivai of last order clP machine nurnber for last order type> anean proccss timt at this machinu d"' machine number for Iast order type> anean process time at this machinu

<Final machine number for 1st order typu anan process tirne at Es machine>

Figure B.l: Generic Format of JobInfoFile

Page 187: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

B.2 JobMoFiie Listing

The contents of the JoblnfoFile were not ctianged during the research reported in this thesis.

The file contents are listed below in rnulti-column format to Save space.

Page 188: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection
Page 189: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

Appendix C

Strategic AcceptIReject Decisions

This appendu schematically depicts the hierarchy of different strategic acceptireject

decisions.

Page 190: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

The following diagram depicts different strate& possibilities regarding the acceptlreject

decision of a customer order. However, this diagram is not exhaustive in nature.

Immediate Decision Delayed Decision

Not readiiy rejected Readdy rejectedl 1

accepted accepted

Promise a late Late deiivery due date at reduced pnce

Review later

Accepted by Rejected by customer custorner

Consider the vahie - -

Low High enough

Reject Accept

Figure C.1: Strategic Accept/Reject Decisions

Page 191: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

Glossary of Acronyms and

Special Terms

This appendix provides a categorized Iist of acronyms and special terrns used in this thesis.

The acronyms used in the context of literature review were provided in Appendix A. So they

are not duplicated here.

Page 192: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

D.l Acronyms Concerning Performance Measures

OFT

OMLT

OPA

OPRL

o m OWTORP

RPA

RPRL

RPTL

RrPA

W R L

RXPTL

UPA

UPRL

UPTL

UxPA

UxPRL

UxfTL

xPA

xPRL

m

Overail FIow T i e

Overail Manufacturing Lead The

O v e d Percent Achievement

O v e d Percent Rejection Loss

Overail Percent Tardy Loss

Overali Waiting Tirne in the Order Release Pool

Re,dar Percent Achievement

Reguiar Percent Rejection Loss

Reguiar Percent Tardy Loss

Reguiar x-step Percent Achievement (x = 1-2 , 3 ,4 )

Regular x-step Percent Rejection Loss (x = 1, 3 .3 .4)

Regular x-step Percent Tardy Loss (x = 1,2,3,4)

Urgent Percent Achievement

Urgent Percent Rejection Loss

Urgent Percent Tardy Loss

Urgent x-step Percent Achievement (x = 1,2 .3 ,4)

Urgent x-step Percent Rejection Loss (x = I ,1 ,3 ,4 )

Urgent .r-step Percent Tardy Loss (x = 1,2, 3-4)

x-step Percent Achievement (x = 1,2 .3 ,4)

x-step Percent Rejection Loss (x = 1.2 ,3,4)

x-step Percent Tardy Loss (x = 1, 2,3,4)

D2 Acronyms Concerning Experîmental Factors and Parameters

AR AcceptReject d e options

CL Control Limit (generic representatioa) for an OR d e

Page 193: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

CL-BUSM

DDT

DL

DLV

DR

HL

HL_BUS

HLTAL

Kincr

Kr

CL for the BUSM OR d e

CL for the TRL OR d e

Due Date Tighmess

Demand Level

Demand Level Variability

Dispatching Rule options

Urgent Limit (generic representation) for an AR d e

Urgent Limit for the BUS AR d e

Urgent Limit for the TAL AR d e

The control parameter used in the SIMUL AR d e

A proportionality constant used in calculation of the revenue of a

regular order

-4 proportionality constant used in the tardiness cost calculation of a

regular order

Similar to Ktr but used in the case of an urgent order

Similar to Kr but used in the case of an urgent order

Order Release Options

Pmcess T i e Variability

Percent of Urgent Orden

Constant flow time aiiowance for a regular order

Re,@ar Limit (generic representation) for an AR rule

Re-dar Limit for the BUS AR d e

Regdar Limit for the TAL AR d e

Constant flow time aiiowance for an urgent order

Page 194: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

DC

EC

HC

LC

OH

Pm Rev

TC

VC

hiedate deviation Cost

Earhess Cost

Holding Cost

Lead-time Cost

F ied Overhead cost

Profit

Revenue

Tardiness Cost

Variable production Cost

BUS : Acceptlreject nile based on the accepted load on the busiest machine

on the order's route

FA Full Acceptance

SIMUL Acceptlreject d e based on simulation

TAL hcceptlreject d e based on the totd accepted load in the systern

D5 Acronyms Concerning Oder Release Rules

BUSM Order dease nile based on the released Ioad on the busiest machine

on the order's route

IMM hunediaie release

TRL Order reiease mie based on the total released load on the shop floor

Page 195: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

D.6 A c r o n p ConceFning Dispatching Rules

EDT Earliest Due Time

FSFS Fit in System First Served

SIOPN SIack per Opecarion

D.7 Miscellaneous Acronyms and Terms

AT

DT

IAT

c o v

J r r iMT0

ms ORP

O R .

Tc TwK

w WLC

Amval Time of an order into the system

Due Time of an order

inter Arriva1 Time

Coefficient of Variauon

lust in T ï e

Make-To-Order

Make-To-S tock

Order Release Pool

Order Review and Release

Critical tardines

Total estirnated work content of an order

Work In Progress

Workioad Conml

Page 196: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

Appendix E

Description of the Simulation Mode1

This appendix provides a Jetaüed description of the simulation model. The section E.l

contains the description of the main mode1 while different important features of the mode1

have been discussed in the section E.2.

Page 197: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

El Oetailed Description of the Main Mode1

E.l.l Phdmod Füe

The main Iogic of the model is debed in the file Phd.mod which is divided into six prirnary

code segments.

The firsr segment of the logic is devoted to d e m g miscellaneous conuol vaxiables

depending on the corresponding experimentd factor levels (which are declared in the

experiment file). ïhe logic in this segment also reads the shop data from the input fiie cded

JoblnfoFile. JoblnfoFile contains the routing information of a i i possible job types. In the

begiming of this sepeut, a single entity is created which causes the files to be read before

it is disposed of.

The second segment of the model deals with the acmal m u o n of the candidate orden for

the manufacturing system. Order mation includes the dennition of al1 order amibutes such

as job type. priori.. due date. total number of steps. and potential revenue. After these

assipents, the entity representing the order is sent to the PM-Mmod me so tbat the

decision as to whether or not the order will be accepted or rejected can be done.

In the third segment of the model, the entity retuxns back fiom PM-M.mod frle with the

decision of acceptance or rejection. if the order is to be rejected, the entity is sent to the logic

dealing with rejection (or, false acceptance which pretends the order to be accepted in the

first of the two pilot sessions of the sirnulaiion-based acceptlreject d e ) . Two quantities are

recomputed here which are maximum possible revenue (MaxPossRevenue) and 105s due to

the rejection of an order (Rejedoss). Information on each of these two quantities îs

collected on an overall basis, by order class, by nrrmber of steps involved in the order, and

by each of x-class y-step orders (where x = 1,2.3 or, 4 and y = urgent or reguiar). Also the

Page 198: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

counter for number of rejected orders is updated. After this the entity is disposed of since it

is no longer of any interest. if the order is acçepted (or, even faisely accepted), it is duplicated

ans the original is sent to the order release pool which is basically a detached queue, while

the dupiicared entity is sent to re-rank the orûer rdease pool and to check for the possibility

of an order release. Before duplicating and sending the original entity to the order release

pool, a number of variables, comtes and taliies are updated.

The founh main model segment defines what happens when a job is released from the order

release pool. After releasing the order h m the order release pool, the entity representing the

order updates different tallies, statu variables and atuibutes. Before the entity is haUy

routed to the destination machine (accordhg to its process plan), it checks for another release

if the order release pool is not empty and the machine at the f k t step of the order is busy.

It is checked if the machine at the fmt step is busy or not, because in the case of a busy

machine, the order sits in the queue and there is not any possibiiity of another checking

immediately afier the release. But if the machine is idle, the order seizes the machine straight

away and another order checking is possible without delay. Also re-ranking of the order

ceiease pool is not necessary in this case, because here is no time delay possible between this

checking and the previous release. So the sequence of the order reiease pool may not alter.

ïhefifih main model segment defmes a generic station representing the behavior of each of

the ten machines in the system. If the machine is busy when a job arrives the job waits in a

detached queue which represents the queue in fiont of the machine. Otherwise, the job is

directly sent to seize the machine. Just before seizing the machine, different tallies for queue

times and, after seizing the machine many status variables and attributes are updated, while

just after seizing the machine the entity is dupiicated and sent to re-rank the order release

pool before checking for an order release. The original entity is delayed for the stipuiated

period of time after which the machine is reIeased. On releasing the machine, the same set

of status variables and ambutes are updated as was done before seizing the machine. At this

point, the order release pool is re-ranked and the possïbility of a release of an order is

Page 199: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

checked again in the same fashion as before and the original entity is routed to its next

machine (which is at the top of the fifih segment) unless it is complete. If it is complete, it

goes to the final segment of the model.

The sLxth segment of the model deals with statistics coiiection for completed jobs prior to

exit from the system. Specific statistics are collected depending on whether the order is tardy

or early. Maximum possible revenue. actual total revenue and tardy loss are recomputed.

DHerent tailies such as flow thne, manufacturing lead rime (MLT)! and Iateness are updated

and the counts of finished jobs are incremented. Nomai jobs are simply disposed of at this

point, while things are handied differentiy for the special simuiation based pilot m. If the

control is in a pilot nui and the exiting job rnakes the system empty of work, then a specid

"end of pilot simulation session" action is initiated. Near the end of this sixth segment, there

is a small segment which is required to safely terminate a simulation with the simulation

based accept/reject d e . since we must avoid accidental termination during a simulation

based test m. At the very end there is another small segment to cause a number of gobai

variables (meant for statistics collection) to be cleared after the warm up period is over. This

is necessary because these giobal variabIes occur together with ciiffereut COUNTER

variables in many of the expressions of the OUTPUTS elements. These COUNTER variables

g e ~ deared at the end of the wam up period autornatically. but the same is not m e for che

global variables.

The logic in the PM-AR-mod file involves different alternative acceptlreject des. The bgîc

of these d e s is quite straightforward except the one pertaining to the simulation based

accept/reject mie which wilI be descrii'bed in the next section in detail.

Page 200: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

PM-URmod contains the logic for the different order release d e s . The order release pool

(ORP) is basicaiiy a detached queue, having a rankmg nile as LVF[slack per operation].

When an entity is sent to the ORP, it is placed in the ORP accordiag to its value of slack per

operation. If two such entiues have the same slack per operation. then they are automaticaüy

placed according to LVF[time of entry into the ORP] which is equivalent to LVF [ t h e of

enuy into the system], because al1 the entities enter the ORP just afier entering into the

system. So virniaiiy there is no difference between the time of entry into the system and that

into the ORP. A SEARCH block searches for the entity which satisfis the search condition

(i.e. the release condition). This search activity goes on uatil such an entity is found (Le. the

condition is satisfied) or the end of the queue is reached. if the condition is satisfied the

searching entity is sent to a REMOVE block to remove the particular entity from the ORP.

Phiiosophically the release shouid be possible at any tirne. But the release condition might

change only at four different cimes viz

(i) just before sending an order to the ORP,

(ii) just after release of an order from the ORP.

(iii) just after seizing a machine and,

(iv) just afier release of a machine.

So. it is suficient to check the possibility of a release at these four points oaiy. if two orders

bave the same slack per operation and if both are eiigible to be released, then the tie is broken

on the basis of earlier enny into the system, ie. whichever is doser to the head of the ORP

will be released first. The Iogic to the specific order release rules are not described here as

they are quite straightforward.

Page 201: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

The logic for dispatching d e s raides in the file PM-DRmod. This logic is quite simple and

self-evident So it is not described here.

E2 important Features of the Model

E.2.1 AcceptfReject Decision Through Fornard Simulation

The basic mectianism of simulation based accepdreject d e has been already described

conceptuaiiy in the section 3.2.2 (d). In this section, the modeling aspect of the same will be

addressed.

Every rime, a new order arrives in. the original entity is detained in a queue in fiont of a

WAiT block, while its duplicate is sent to execute the event #1 which saves the status of the

system in a füe caiied X.W. If this arrivuig entity is the first entity in this simulation run.

then an event WZO 1 is executed, which is responsible for copying the SIMAN generated data

files to respective external files. But in other cases (Le. if the arriving entity is not the fmt

entity), the event #200 is executed which is responsible for cutting the headers of al1 the

SIMAN generated data files and append the rest of the data fiIe to the respective external

files. M e r this is done. the variable DumfnySession is assigned a value of unity, which

indicates that the controI is in the h t pilot session. The variable FalseAccept is assigned a

value of unity, which indicares chat when this duplicated entity will go to the third main

mode1 segment, it WU be faisely accepteci and wilI continue rhrUugh the rnodel. Each and

every job that has been finished prucessing, will check before exit if the system is empty. If

not, the system wîil keep on processing the exîsting jobs in the system since no new arrivais

are occirrring during this session. On the other hanci. if the system is empty, the value of the

Page 202: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

variable OverallProf?IlnDwnmySession(l) is recorded and the vaiue of D~vnySession is

changed to a value of 2 iadicating that the second piiot simulation wili start At this point,

the event #2 is executed which rerrieves the status of the shop h m the file X-snp. While

r e s t o ~ g the old status, the current values of the several global variables viz. DwnmySession,

FirstTimSave and OveralZProfitInDummySession are retained. The retention of the values

of the variabIes is done through the user ~ 0 d e in C. Before we restore any previous status,

we store the cunent values of those special variables in local variables. Then we restore the

previous statu. M e r restoration, we reassign those speciai variables by heir unchanged

values as stored in the local variables and then we bring those reassigned variabIes back into

SIMAN mode1 chrough usual procedure. Thus in effect, we are able to restore the old status

of the system whiIe retaining the m a t values of those variables. in the begjnning of the

second pilot session, an initial check is done if the system is aIready empty. If it is so, the

value of OverallProfitInDummySession(2) is recorded and event #2 is executed which

restores the status fiom the frle X.snp. without overwriting the current value of the variable

OveralIProfirInD~~nrySession(2). However. if at the beginning of the pilot session 2, the

system is not empcy, the active entity wtiich is performing this check is disposed h m the

mode1 and the mode1 is let m. untiI the system becomes empty by itself. in either case, the

status from the file X.snp is restored and a signai is sent to the original enuty waiting in the

WaitQ. causing it to be released fiom the WaitQ. Now this onginai entity will compare the

values of the variabIes OveralZProfitInDumrnySession(I) and

OverallProfirlnD~Sesszon(2) and will take the necessq decision accordingly and

DwnmySession wiIl change to zero again. After this, the conml wiIl go to the rhird main

model segment of the frle PM.mod. The mode1 wiii continue in this reaI mode und another

new order enters into the system. in this way, the model nuis until the simulation cime

reaches ReplicarionLengrh, when an entity is created to terminate the simulation m. Care

is taken so that the nm terminates in the red mode and not during any of the pilot simulation

nms. Mer the simuIation m is over. ail the SIMAN generated data files (which contain the

header and also the fwter) are cut of their headers and appeaded to the respective externat

files. These external files, having both the SIMAN header and footer, are possible to be

Page 203: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

processeci by the ARENA output anaiyzer.

E.22 Automatic Saving and Restoration of the Staîus

During the execution of tbis simulation, it is needed to Save and restore snapshot files

multiple nurnber of times and also it is to be done on a conditional basis, the condition king

based on the information of the statu of the system. So in the case of a large. number of

events of save and restoration, it is virmaily impossible to Save and restore the snapshots

manudy though the help of interactive run contro!ier of SIMAN. So it is needed to use

sorne technique. where it is possible to Save and restore the snapshots in an unattended mode.

To remedy this problem. a speciai internai function has been used and the savefrestore has

ken done just by calling that function in the user code. The function is as foliows:

void srDbg-ReodWrireSnapshot (char vlename, SMIhT iop);

where. the dilename> variable should be a character string containing the fdename and

c i o p variable should take a value of 8 for SAVE, and a value of 9 for RESTORE.

E.23 Frevention Against Losing the Data in the Output File Whiie Resîoring a

Previous Snapshot

Whenever a snapshot is restored, the simulation starts witb a new set of Tally and Dstat

registers. So al the data points that were already in the registers are Iost In the present

expriment, it is important to prevent the data points (those which are coilected in the real

mode ody i.e. when DwnmySession is zero) fiom king lost Hence, jwt before leaving the

r d mode (after which the fiIe X m p will be restored through event a), ali the data points

Page 204: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

from the default registen (.dut) is copied into an external fiie (.ex). If this is for the first

unie, the content of the ".dur" files are copied into the ".ex?" files as it is; but in orher cases,

the header of the ".dial' files are eliminated fmt and then the rest of the contents are

appended to the ".exr" Mes.

A s a a r situation arises when orders are accepted or rejected through fornard simulation.

In this case, every cime, the Wnral simulation nui ends, the snapsbot fiom the fde X3.snp is

restored. Before this restoration, the content of aU the .&t mes are appended to the .ext files.

after cutting the header portion of the .dut files. However this is done only in the emuiation

mode: but not in the scheduier mode: because, it is not intended to accept the vdues other

than in the emulation mode.

In this way, after multiple restoration of old snapshots, the whole set of useful data rests in

the .exr files: but not in the .dut files. When the simulation terminates. cuning the header and

appending the contents of the .dat files to the .en files is done once more for the Iast Ume.

This causes the . e x file to contain the last set of data points together with the footer of the

.dot fdes. This footer is created only when the simuiation terminaces. Su this resuithg .m

files contain the header, the whole set of data points corresponding to the emulation mode

and the fwter. Moreover. these .exr mes can be added to the data group of ARENA'S output

processor.

E2.4 Re-ranking of the Order Release Pool Relerrsepool

Re-ranking of the order release pool is necessary every tirne the possibility of an order release

is checked, except in one occasion (when the checking is doue by a just released order with

the fact that the machine in the &st step of the released order is busy). The reason of not re-

ranking the pool in this case is that there is no tirne delay possible between the previous

release and this present checking. So no change in the values of siack per operation of the

Page 205: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

orders waiting in the order release pool is possible and hence no change in their relative

rankin; in the pool. The mechanism of re-ranking the pool is as foUow.

To re-rank the pool, al1 the entities fiom the ReleasePool are removed, to insert hem into the

TempReleasePool one by one until the ReleasePool is empty and then we remove the entities

h m the TempReleasePool. to insert [hem back into the RelearePool one at a tirne, und the

TmpReleasePool is empty. The ReletzsePool has a ranking d e which is LVF [slack per

operation], so that the entities are placed in the ReleasePool accordingly. In the associated

logïc. bvo very small delays called microdeluy (each equal to laa minutes). have been

introduced. This small delay helps to schedule the order of activities in the event calendar

propedy as descritied above, but they do not induce any delay in the systern which is

practicaily significant.

Page 206: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

Results for Preliminary Experiments

This appendix contains ttie results for the prelimuiary experiments of Chapter 4 kvolving

two classes of order. They are displayed in Table F.1 and Table F.2.

Page 207: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

Table F.l: Results for Different Variants of Percent Achievements

1 DL 1 I DLV W I

i 0.75 0.85 / 095 j 0.10 / 055 1 1.00 1 0.10 1 030 1 T OPA i 99.107 i 90.183 I -3368 1 90.183 j 86.m ! 79.511 1 90.183 85.445 i , RPA 1 99.1W / 89.919 1 -8.687 1 89.919 1 86363 j 78.751 / 89.919 UPA i 99.147 1 94.101 ! 77.4% ; 94.201 1 91991 1 91.057 j 94.201

85.017 91.944

' RlPA i 98573 1 76.084 1-904.992 76.084 / 64.686 / 39.960 / 76.084 1 60.882 1 R2PA i 98.591 1 78.708 1-196.556 ! 78.708 1 69.778 1 49.91 1 j 78.708 ! 67.473 R3PA i 99.146 1 91.379 1 51.054 1 91.379 / 88.733 1 82.847 1 91.379 1 87.580

95.065 1 92.894 82.829 1 78.219 94.891 ! 93.345

R4PA j 99.365 1 95.065 / 81.042 1 95.065 1 93.789 -

: UiPA [ 97.691 / 82829 1 -79.144 1 82829 1 79.346 ' U2PA ! 99.357 1 94.891 / 80.692 ; 94.891 1 93.979

91.795 65512 92.132

Page 208: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection
Page 209: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

Table F.2 (conîd.): Results for Different Variants of Row Times

Page 210: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

D-optimal Design

This appendix provides a bxief description of the D-optimal design in section G.L. Section

G.2 contains the justification for the selection of different terms in the re-msion equation

from a genenc cubic polynomid in 7 variables. Section G.3 shows a sample SAS program

wtiich produces a D-optimal design fiorn an input candidate data set.

Page 211: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

G.l A Brief Introduction to DsptimaI Design

John and Draper (1975) reviewed the regression desigus through D-opMiality. Among ocher

literature dealing with D-optimal design, iMtcheil(1974a, b), Meyer and Nachtsheim (1995)

discussed different aigorithms for D-optirnai design while DuMouche1 and Jones (1994)

modified D-optimal design to reduce the bias caused fiom the assumed model.

Foiiowing is a brief description of the underlying theory of D-optirnal design as given by

John and Smith (1975).

The linear model

y, = f'(X,)Q + E, . where i = 1.7,3, .... n (G. 11

can be expressed in matrix notation as

y = X p + ~ . (G.2)

The vector y is an n x 1 vector of observations: X is an n x p m a h , with row i containhg

f'(x,); x, is a q x 1 vector of predictor variables; f'(x,) is a p x 1 vector which depends on the

form of the response function assumed; Q is a p x 1 vector of unknown parameters: E is an

n x 1 vector of independently and identicaiiy dismbuted random variables. wich mean zero

and variance o'. The experimentai region is denoted by X , and it is assumed that x is compact

and thatf;(x,)'s are continuous on X .

It is aiso assurned that Ieast square estimates of the parametes P are to be obtained. These

are given by

B, = (XX)-'X'y, ((3.3)

and the vanance-covariance maaix of p, is

V(P,, = f?(X'X)-L.

Then at point x r X , the predicted response is

Y&) = f'(x)P,, with variance

Page 212: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

%(x)) = oL f'(x)(XrX)“f(x). (G-6)

The design problem consists of selecring vectors xi, i = 1,2 , ... , n fiom x such that the

design defined by these n vectors is, in some defiaed sense, optimal. By and large, solutions

to this problem consist of developing some sensible criterion based on the riodel (G.2). and

using it to obtain optimal desip. An opumality critenon is asingle n u m k r tbat summarizes

how good a design is, and it is rnaximized or minimized by an optimal design.

D-opùmality is relared to the rnatrix X'X hown as infomtion manix. This ma& is

important because it is proportional to the inverse of the variance-covariance ma& for the

least squares estimates of the linearparameten of the model. A gwd design should minimize

(XIX)*', which is the same as rnaximizing the information X'X. D-optimality is based on the

determinant of the information mafrix for the design. which is the same as the recipmai of

the determinant of the varianceçovariance matrix for the least squares estimates of the linear

parameters of the model.

KIXt = l/ l(x'x)-ll ï h e determinant is ttrus a generai measure of the size of (XI='.

G.2 Justification of the Eaeets Chosen in a Regression Mode1

A polynomiai (cubic) regession equation in n variables has ben fit for the observations of

OPA obtained from the experiments suggwted by the corresponding Dsptünal design,

where n is the nurnber of factors varied in an experîment. However, it is to be noted that it

is not possible to fit a generic cubic equation with the number of leveis of the factors

involved in the experiments in this research, since any effect containhg a p" power of a

factor wïil need to have at Ieast ( p l ) levels for that factor to estimate that effect. So for

exampie, h m an experiment it is not possible to estimate an effect containing DDTZ or DL3

since DDT has ody 2 Ieveis and DL has only 3.

Page 213: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

G3 An Example SAS Program to Generate Dsptimai Experimental Design to Buiid

Regression Mode1 for the BUS-BUSM Scenario

Page 214: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

Redts from Two-stage Input Control

This appendix contains the results of the experiments involving two-stage input control

contained in Chapter 4.

Page 215: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

200

Table El: Expected OPA at Different Combinations of Control Lirnits in

7- l

1 10 1 10 1 10 i EDD j 1

l I !

20 1 Y 30 10 EDD

1 9'39 J j 10 10 I EDD ' 75.90 1

Page 216: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection
Page 217: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

202

Table H A Expected OPA at Different Combinations of Control Limits in

250 15 j 1 86.11 3 0 20 i ! 87.64 Y 0 1 3 88.67 250 30 ' 89.17 50 10 1 EDD i 7138 50 15 I 71.7 l

Page 218: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

Table H.4: Expected OPA at Different Combinations of Conuol Limits in TAL-TRL Scenario

1 50 1 3 0 1 250 1 ! 9175 1 ! 150 1 50 : 50 1 EDD i 69.61 1

-- -

1 HL-TU) RL-TAL [U-TRL; DR OP*

; 88-70 i 250 i 50 - 50 i EDD 1 70.65

50 50 50

i 50

-- ~ 1 -%-TM, 1 RL-TM, 1 CL-RL 1 DR / OPA

50 50 1 100 70.00

7 1-38 50

89.77 90.48

1 50 91 59 200 9265

93.23

89.36 50 I 250 1 150

' 50 1 EDD 69.87

100 ; 70.41 150 1 71.01 200I / 71.24

50 I 750 70.66 , 50 50 1 8737 ' 50 ' HO 1 LOO l 893

50 , 150 150 1 90.82 9 1.87 i 91.96

/ 50 / 250 1 50 l 85.12 250 1 100 ' 87.46

a 8955 250 1 200 ; 1 90.96

Page 219: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

Appendix 1

Accuracy of the Regression Models

of Chapter 5

This appendix contains reports on the accuracy of a i i the regression modeis from Chapter 5.

Page 220: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

1.1 BUS AccepilReject Rule, Regular Orders Ouiy

To test the accuracy of the repssion model bu& the predicted values of OPA h m the

regression model have been compared with those obtained from the corresponding

simulation model for the same set of values for the environmental variables and control

parameters. In each case, the simulation is run for 5 replications each of length 83520 hours

with the wami-up period of 11520 hours so that the half-width of the confidence intervai of

the mean of OPA is Iess than or equd to 1% of the mean. The resuits are shown in Table 1.1.

The "9% Error" column in this and a i l subsequent tables of this appendix shows the errors in

the regression model estimates, as a percentage of the values obtained from the simulation.

Table LI: Accuraçy for the BUS Re,dar ûrders Only Case

Input Set of Variables OPA 1

I

DL DLV PTV I DDT' RL h m fmm l % j

This test for accuracy bas been M e r expanded for the foilowing scenarios which are

generared from the following levels of the factors: Di+{0.8,0.9), DLV=(0335,0.775),

PTVd.2, PUOd, DDT={"L.mse". '"Tight" 1, and R k 16. For this expanded test, the Ievels

of the environmentd factors are chosen to be at the middIe of the Ievels at which the

regression model has been originaHy caiibrated The results are shown in Table 13.

1 in ail tables of this appendix, the "Loose" and 'm@t? leveis of DDT are denoted by 1 and 2 respectively.

Page 221: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

206

Table 1 2 Accuracy for the BUS Re,dar Ordea Only Case (Expanded Test)

Input Set of Variables 1 1

i OPA I 1 P'IV 1 DDT RL i fmm from

l

1.2 BUS Accept/Reject Rule, Two Order Classes

Tests were conducred in a similar fashion to those for the regular orders oniy scenario. The

results are shown in Table 13.

Table 13: Accuracy for the BUS Two Order CIasses Case 1

I Input Set of Variables l OPA

The test for accuracy has been further expanded as in the previous we . Various scenarios

for the test were generated h m the factor levels: Dk(0.8, 0.91, DLV={0.325, 0.7751,

PTV4.2. PUO=(O. 1. 0.3). DDT={"Laose". 'Tight"}, HIA4 and RL= 16. The

corresponding results are shown in the immediately foUowing Table 1.4.

Page 222: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

207

Table 1.4: Accuracy for the BUS Two Order Classes Case (Expanded Test) 1 , Input Set of Variables 1 OPA I DL DLV I PTV : PWO 1 DDT I HL I RL I from I from 1 % i

1.3 TAI, Accept/Reject Rule, Regular Orders Only

Test were conducted in asimilar fashion to those for the BUS d e . The correspondhg resuits

are in Table 15.

Table 1.5: Accuracy for the TAL Regular Orders Oniy Case

Input Set of Variables I OPA DL DLV 1 Pm i DDT ! RL ! from from %

This cornparison has aIso been further expanded for the scenarios which are generated from

the factor Ievels: DLs(0.8, 0.91, DLV=(0325, 0.7751, PTV4.2, PUOt(O.1, O-2},

Page 223: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

208

DDT={"Loose", 'Tight"} and Ri,=( 175,225). The results are shown in Table L6.

Table 1.6: Accuracy for the TAL Re,dar Orders Only Case (Expanded Test)

l

I j Simulation / Regmdon 1 Ermr - I ! l !

0.80 l O 0.2 1 1 1 125 1 96.18 92.21 -8.2 i 0.80 10.325 i 0.2 1 1 1 i 9633 i 87.87 1 -17.5 i 0.80 0 . 3 0.2 j 1 1 81.76 74.78 1 -17.0 1 i 0.80 / 0325 / 0.2 1 1 125 1 76.94 1 55.83 1 -54.6 1 0.80 \ 0.775 I 0.2 I I I i 93.97 / 9155 1 -5.1 [

: 0.775 1 0.2 1 1 1 225 93.80 j 85.97 I 0.80 -16.6 j 1 0.80 0.775 1 0.2 i Z 125 8152 1 74.77 -16.5 1

0.80 ! 0.775 / 0.2 1 2 225 71.23 i 5199 -51.0 1 1 0.90 ; 0.315 / 0.2 \ 1 125 1 87.40 91.87 1 10.2 ; 0.90 ' 0.325 / 0.2 j 1 1 125 1 76.85 1 8756 1 27.7 i 0.90 1 0.315 ( 0.1 2 125 1 68.65 1 74.31 1 16.4

0.90 ; 0.325 / 0.2 1 7 ; 22.5 i 28.40 1 55.82 1 192.1 : / 0.90 ; 0.775 i 0.2 l 1 1 125 ! 86.36 91.47 11.8 '

0.90 I 0.775 ' 0.2 ; 1 ; ; 79.24 : 85.94 : 16.8 ! ; 125 1 70.35 74.11 10.6 1 1 0.90 j 0.775 ' 0.2 ! -

i 0.90 0.775 i 0.2 i ? 225 1 36.19 52.81 1 91.1 1

1.4 TM., AccepüReject Rule, Two Order Classes

Test were conducted in a simdar fahion to those for the BUS d e . The results are shown in

Table 1.7.

Table 1.7: Accuracy for the TAL Two Order Classes Case

input Set of Variables OPA DL , DLV 1 PTV ! PU0 j DDT 1 EL ' RL ' from 1 from 96 1

Page 224: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

This cornparison has also been M e r expanded for the scenarios which are generated from

the factor levels: DL=[O.X, 0.9). DLV={0.325, 0.775). PTV=û.2, PUO={O.1, 0.2).

DDT={"Loose", 'Ti@'), RG-[ 125,225} and &{ 125,225). The results are shown in

Table La.

Tabk 1.3: Accuracy for the TAL Two Order Classes Case (Expanded Test)

Input Set of Variabis OPA 1

Page 225: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

Table 1.8 (contà.): Accuracy for the TAL Two Order Classes Case (Expanded Test) f

l input set OC variables I OPA l DL I DLV 1 PTV l PU0 / DDT EL 1 RL i <rom f r o m I % l

1 Simukation 1 ~ ~ g a r o n 1 Ermr 1 1 0.90 0.3-5 1 0.7 ; 0.10 ' I 1 225 l 77c 1 75-69 n.ii ; 3.2 1 0.90 0.375 ' 0.2 0.10 1 7 1 125 1 125 i 64.75 7557 1 16.7 1 1 0.90 0.325 / 0.2 1 0.10 1 7 , 125 1 225 , 55.18 1 7293 31.5 j j 0.90 1 0.325 j 0.2 , 0.10 ' 7 225 i 125 1 6438 1 70.69 95 '

0.90 1 0.325 1 0.2 ' 0.10 ! 2 1 225 1 725 1 74.98 57.94 1 131.9 1 0.90 t 0.325 1 02 1 0.20 1 1 125 1 125 1 85.61 ] 86.47 1 1.0 1

I â SIMUL AccepüReject Rule Regular Orders Only

It was not possible CO cany out this test due CO unavailabihty of resources.

Page 226: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

1.6 SIMUL AcceptIReject Rule, Two Oder Classes

Test were conducted in a similar fashion to those for the BUS nile. The results are shown in

the Table 1.9.

Table 1.9: Accuracy for the SMUL Two Order Classes Case

1 OPA input Set of Variables DL DLV I FTV 1 PU0 ' DDT / Kincr 1 from from 46

.An expanded test for acciiiacy of the regression model in this case was not done due to Ume

and resource constraints.

1.7 Comments on the Accuracy of the Regression Models

Frorn the resuits of the above tests the following observaiions and commencs can be made.

( 1) As might be expected, the regression model predicted values of OPA closely match

the values obtained from simulations for combinations of environmental factors

which were set in the simda4ons used to build the regession mode1 in the first

place.

(2) In the two order classes scenario of the BUS and TAL AR des. the regession

madels were built based on a much Iarger set of design points than the D-optimd

design wouid have suggesteé As a result the accuracy of these regesion models is

Page 227: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

reasonably good. even at the points away from the scenarios where the regression

models have been calibrated. However, it should be noted that for the scenarios

Învolving a 'Tight" level of DDT, the regesion model for the TAL case stiii

performs poorly. This suggests that more design points hvolving the Tight" level

of DDT should be used in building an irnproved regression model for the TAL two

classes of order case.

(3) The regression mode1 for the SIMUL d e , two cIasses of order case is pwr. This can

be attributed to the foliowing two reasons. Firstly, the observations of OPA at

different design points are biased because insufficiently long simulation runs were

used to obtain these observations (due to thne and resource constraints). Secondly,

the number of design points used by the Dspumal design was rnsuff~cient to buiid

a good regession model.

The regession mode1 corresponding to the SIMuZ re,darorders only scenario could

not be tested. aggn due to the time and resource problem, But it is iikely poor due to

the same two w o n s as explained above in the case of two classes of order.

Page 228: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

Appendix J

Main Performances at Optimal Control

This appendix contains the plots and the corresponding tabdar data showing how the main

performance measures of the system Vary in case of each accept/reject d e , with one of the

environmental factors chan& and other factors remaining at their base levels, and when

the system is conmlIed optimaiiy. The data for each of these quantities, which are plotted

here, were obtained by averaging five observations of the respective quantity. These five

observations are obtained by simuiating the system with above conditions for 5 replications,

each replication k ing of length 83520 hours which inchdes a w m - u p period of 11530

houn çuch that the hdf-width of the confidence intervai around the average is within 1 % of

the average.

The plots of the resuits have k e n presented in three sections v i ~ J.1. J.2.53. which are

devored CO BUS, TAL and SIMUL accepttreject d e respecuvely. The corresponding

tabdated data have k e n presented in subsequent sections 5.4, JS, J.6.

Page 229: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

J.1 Plots for the Main Performances When Bus 1s Active

- r_ 5 8 0 4

5 L 7 0 7750 - 1 I -

60

0 1 0.35 0.6 O 85 1.1 DLV

-0PA (BUS) +OPA (FA)

16) OPRLiad OPTLm DLV

I I . O . 11s O Y S 11.9 0 9 5 I o. I O 35 0.6 0.85

DL DLV

. . .e . . . O P E -OPTL ... ....OPE O P T L

O O05 O 1 0 15 O ? O15 O 2 O O 1 O 2 O 3 O 4 PU0

- - - . . . - - -- prv

..-a... OPRL -0PTL . . - a - - - O P E O P T L - ----- . - .- - ,

Figure J.l.l: Effect of Optimal Control on OPA. OPRL and OETL under Changing DL, PUO. DLV and W. When BUS Is Active

Page 230: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

( I I L : P A i n d RPA ii DL (7) UPA a n d RPA rs DLV

0 1 0.3s o n O I S I D L V

iSI RrPA r i DL 191 R i P A ir DLV

D L V

m R I P . 4 .%:PA Q R 3 P \ .RIPA m O P R L

141 CPA and RPA r i PCO I f o i UPA and RPA r i P T V

I I I i U r P A n PTV

t 12) RxPA n PTV

Figure J.12: Wect of Optimal Conml on WA, RPA, UxPA and W A under Changine DL PUO. DLV and PTV, When BUS 1s Active

Page 231: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

( I I CPRL n i d RPRL n D L

1 1 . 5 I I I 1165 1 1 9 0 9 5

P L

I C P R L O R P R L

(41 CPRL i i d RPRL n P C O

17 ) L'PRL a i d PPRL vs DLLY

. n - - s x 4 - n % a. = x 1 n

i ) I H I u I 0 . 3 5 0 . a u N S I

D L V

. L ' P U O R P R L

i 8 W i P Q L n DLV

19) RiPRL n DLV

110, CPRL and RPRL n P T V

;i: ; H L

11 1 il 2 0 3 PTV

D C P R L O R P R L

15, CiPRL n PCO 1111 CiPRL rr PTY

- h

.- ~

, ) i l 5 1 I I 1 5 ' 1 : ' I L S il I Pl 2 i l f PCO P N

1 6 ) RsPRL n PCO 1 1 1 1 RiPRL n PTV

Figure 5.13: Effect of Optimal Conrroi on WRL, RPRL. UxPRL, and RxPiU under Changïng DL. PUO- DLV and FïV, When BUS ts Active

Page 232: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

i l ) U P T L i i d R P T L rs D L

-

k7) U P T L i l i d R P T L vs D L V

II l O 35 O 6 0 . 8 5 1

D L V

I U P T L O R P T L

18) L ' r P T L n D L V

O I 0.35 O b O $ 3 l

D L V

19) R r P T L vs D L V

I t O l U P T L and R P T L n P T V I I I L'PTL i n d R P T L wr P C O

(111 C i P T L r s P T V

i l 2 1 R x P T L rs P T V id) R r P T L n PCO

i ~ ~ 5 0 1 o i r o z 0 2 s Pt iO

l R i P T L l R Z P T L E ] R 3 P T L W R J P T L .

Figure 5.1.4: Effect of Optimal Conml on b'PTL, RPTL, UxPTL, and RxPTL under Changïng DL, PUO. DLV and PTV, When BUS 1s Active

Page 233: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

5.2 Plots for the Main Performances Wben TAL 1s Active

(1) OPA(TIU) nndOPA (FA) ia DL (9 OPA ( T U ) and OPA (FA) w DLV '

0.7 0.75 0.8 0.85 0.9 0.95 1 0.1 0.35 0.6 0.85 1 . 1 DL DLV

+OPA tTAL) -0PA (FA) 19s -0PA ITAL) +OPA (FA)

(2) OPRLaadOPïLn DL (6)OPRLandOfTL n DLV

0.7 O 75 0.8 0.85 0.9 0.95 1 0.1 0 .35 11.6 0.85 t I DL DLV

....... OPRL O P T L - 6 - O P R L O P T L

13) 0PA ( T U ) and OPA (FA) u3 PU0 i7) OPA ITX) and OPA (FA) vs PTV

PU0 - - 4- -0PRL O P T L

Figure 5.2.1: Effect of Optimal Conml on OPA, OPRL, and O P ' under Changing DL, PUO, DLV and PTV, When TAL 1s Active

Page 234: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

(71 U P A and R P A vs DLV

IO11 YI)

< .z 3 0 = 711 ; = hl1

511

18) UIPA vs D L V

131 RxPA ir D L 1 9 1 RxPA rs D LY

{ r i L'PA a n d R P A vs PUO 110) CP,\ i n d RPA i s PT V

. III iC .. fll 2. i - 0 ; = hl1

5 11

1 1 l l UxPA n P T V

--4

t 121 R r P A vs P t V

Figure J.2.2: Effect of Optimal Control on UPA, RPA, UxPA. and RxPA under Changing DL, PUO, DLV and Pm. When TAi Is Active

Page 235: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

I I ) UPUL and RPRL n D L i f ) UPRL niid RPRL rr DLV

0 7 5 0 % llR5 i l 9 1095 Il L 0.35 0 6 il X S L

D L D L V

m U P R L O R P R L m U P R L O R P R L

D L V ~ U I P R L m U Z P R L o U 3 P R L ~ U I P R L I

141 CPRL and RPRL n PU0 (10) UPRL and RPRL 1 s PTV

. .

H C P R L O R P R L E C P R L O R P R L

1 5 ) C I P B L v i PCO t 1 I l CnPRL i s PTV

( 6 ) RiPRL .i PU0 I 12) RKPRL vs PTV

Figure 5.23: Effect of Optimal Conuol on UPRL, RPRL, UxPRL, and RxPRL under Changing DL, PUO, DLV and PTV, When TAL Is Active

Page 236: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

I 1 i t P T L and RPT L ts D L (7) UPTL i n d RPT L is D LV

0 1 1 1 3 5 0 . 6 0.115 1

D L V

t Z I UrPTL vs D L ( 8 ) UxPTL rr DLV

DLV D U I P T L m U I P T L U U J P T L U L i r P T L :

19) RrPTL rs OLV ( 3 ) RxPTL vr DL

0 1 0 3 5 1 1 h 0 8 5 I

DLV

B R l P T L H R ? P T L U R J P T L m R a P T L

I 101 UPTL and RPTL rs PTV III UPTL and RPTL i c PU0

(5) UrPTL rs PU0 111) UxPTL rs PTV

o I n 2 11 3 Ptv

P U I P T L m U 2 P T L U U 3 P T L m U 4 P T L .

-

1 12) RxPTL r i PTV

n I O : O 3 P t v

D R I P T L mRZPTi. U R J P T L ~ R J P ? ~ . -. -- --

Figure 5.2.4: Effect of Optimal Conml on UPTL, RP'ïL, UxPTL, and RxPTL under Changing DL. PUO, DLV and PTV, When TAL Is Active

Page 237: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

5.3 Plots for the Maln Performances When SIMUL Is Active

0.7 0.75 0.8 0.85 0.9 0.95 1 0.1 0.35 0.6 0.85 1.1 DL DLV

-0PA tSlMUL) -0PA -0PA (SMUL) +OPA (FA) I

(2) OPRLandOPTLn DL (6) OPRLand OPTL vs DLV

DLV ... ....OPRL O P T L

13) 0 P A (S[ICIUL) andOPA (FA) n PU0 (7) OPA (Slh.IüL) and OPA (FA) n PTV

14) OPRLand OeTLvs PlrO (8) OPRLand OPTL vs ETV

0 0.05 0.1 O. 15 0.2 0.25 0.3 O 0. 1 0.2 0.3 0.4:

. . . . . - . . .. . - PU0 -. - -- -- w

. . .*. . . OPRL O P T L - - 4 - - - O P R L O P T L . - ~p~ - +--

Figure J.3.1: Effect of Optimal Control on OPA, OPRL, and OPTL under Changing D L PUO, DLV and Pm. When SIMUL is Active

Page 238: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

t l l U P A and R P A r i D L i7) U P A and R P A i s PLV

12) U x P A vs D L tg) U s P A r s DLV

13) RIPA vs D L 19) RIPA vs DLY

14) U P A nad R P A r s P U 0 1 1 0 ) U P A i a d R P A r s P T V

1 1111 i III1 11 11

* * 'III L L -11 = ni1

$11 5 Il

151 U i P A r s P C O 1 1 1 ) U r P A r s P T V

! IIU , i lin

r -11 = on

'Il

i l 0 5 111 I l 1 5 0 1 11:s 11 I 1) 2 II 3 P U 0 P t V

P R I P A p R 2 P 4 O R 3 P A ~ R I P ~ = R I P A a R 2 P A O R J P A .RIPA -. - --

Figure J.3.2: Effect of Optimal Conml on UPA, RPA, UxPA, and RxPA under Changine DL, PUO. DLV and ETV, When SIMIL Ts Active

Page 239: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

11) UxPRL vs DL

( 7 ) UPRL a n d RPRL n DLV

11.1 0.35 0 6 Il M 5 I

D L V

M U P R L [JRPRL

( 8 ) UxPRL vs DLV

191 RxPRL rs DLV

i n 30

& 1 0 . P 1 0

il

0 1 O35 O h OH5 I

D L V

1 1 ) UPRL a n d RPRL vr P L 0 1 1 0 ) U P R L a n d R P R L vs PTV

I S I UxPRL vs P U 0 1111 ü r P R L rs PTV

11 0 5 O I Il 15 O 2 fl 25 O 1 Il 2 1) 3

P C O -. P T V

e L ' I P R L m L ' L P R L a f 3 P R L m L ' 4 P R L m U l P R L m U Z P R L O U 3 P R L ~ U I P R ~

161 RrPRL rr P U 0 t 12) RxPRL vs PTV

Figure 53.3: Effect of Optimal Conml on UPRL, RPRL, UxPRL, and RxPRL, -

under chan& DL, PUO. DLV and PTV, When SIMUL 1s Active

Page 240: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

i l l U P T L i n d R P T L n D L i f l UPTL nad RPTL IS D LV

0'5 i ) l 085 I l 9 O95 O I 3 5 0 6 o r 5 i

DL D L V

E C P T L ORPTL MUPTL n R P T L

141 CPTL imd RPTL n PU0

181 UsPTL vi DLV

0 I II 35 0.6 0 a 5 1

D L V

( 9 ) R iPTL r i DLV

110) UPTL i a d RPTL rs PTV

15) UrPTL rs PU0 I I I ) UrPTL .I PTV

16, RrPTL n PU0 I t2I RxPTL i s PTV

Figure 53.4: Effect of Optimal Control on üPTL, RPTL, UxiTL. and RxPTL under Changing DL, PUO, DLV and Pm, When SIMUL is Active

Page 241: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

5.4 Tabulated Main Performance hieasures When Bus 1s Active

Table J.l: OPA, UPA, RPG UxPA and RxPA under Changing DL, DLV, Pm and PUO, When BUS 1s Active

DL i OPA 1 UPA : RPA 1 LWA i ü2PA 1 U3PA 1 WPA 1 IUPA I W A

4 1 I 1 4 ! P U 0 1 OPA i üPA 1 RPA I UlPA i ü2PA I U3PA 1 WPA I RIPA 1 W A R3PA RJPA 0.05 95.31 1 97.56 ' 95.16 : 97.90 ! 98.20 ; 97.92 ; 96.73 1 97.90 1 9637 i 95.08 1 94.42 T

! 0.10 I 95.09 i 97.18 194.79 I 97.94 198.11 i 9750 196.46 19754 196.12 194.62 : 94.11 ! 0.15 : 94.64 i %.85 194.15 197.79 197.63 197.16 195.94 197.69 195.43 ( 94.18 193.18 / i 0.20 94.17 : 96.39 i 93.49 197.19 197.18 196.68 195.50! 97.08 194.79 193.37 ! 9768 1 0.3 , 93.84 l 97.18 / 92.41 1 98.52 1 98.01 1 97.46 1 96.56 9797. 1 94.40 i 92.45 1 90.98 1

R3PA i RJPA

RIPA 94.42 94.17 '

I I ! i 1 I I I 1

Table J.2: OPRL, UPRL, RPRL, UxPRL and RxPRL under Changing DL, DLV,

1 DLV i OPA UPA ; RPA 1 üiPA 1 UZPA 1 U3PA I U P A 0.10 1 95.31 ! 9756 1 95.16 97.90 ! 98.20 1 9 - 9 2 j 96-73

! 0.35 95.04 1 97.n / 94.93 i 98.26 1 98.3 1 97.87 1 %.n

U P A ' I l I 1 1 1 1 1 I i 1

1 0.75 i 9837 1 82.22 99.43 i 93.25 85.N 83.95 1 77.32 i 99.80 ! 99-59 99.40 1 9937

1 0.M) 1 94.41 , 9753 1 94.11 ! 97.43 1 9830 1 97.90 j %.65 i 97.83 1 95.82 0.85 9351 ' 9726 1 9326 9851 1 98.09 1 97.63 ] 96.24 1 9720 1 95.05

; 1.00 i 9L95 97.17 T 9767 1 97.91 1 97.94 1 9753 1 9 6 2 ! 97.00 1 9456

OPA 1 W A ( RPA U U A 1 W A i ü3PA

i ! l 1 ! l DLV i OPRL 1 üPRL i RPRL IUIPRClmPRtI~PRL!U4PRL RlPRL R ~ P R L ' R ~ P R L ~ R ~ P R L .

! 0.10 1 3.29 0.02 i 3.51 i 0.00 10.11 :0.00 ! 0.00 1.59 2.55 355 i 4.09 1 035 1 3.51 1 0.05 ' 3.73 ! 0.00 i 0.11 i 0.07 ! 0.00 1.53 161 3.84 1 436 [ 0.60 1 4.1 i 0.00 , r.38 i 0.00 ! 0.00 1 0.00 1 0.00 j 1.60 3.00 4.46 / 5.2 i 0.85 1 4.89 , 0.10 I 5.21 1 0.00 1 0.00 ; 0.13 1 0.11 1 116 . 3.66 521 1 6.15 ' 1.00 i 5.37 i 0.09 1 5 . 7 1 10-00 1 0.11 10.07 10.11 1'36 14.08 5.74 / 6.81 ;

!

RIPA 97.90 98.01

94.09 1 9323 1 93.17 1 92.14 1 9 3 6 1 91.49 j

WPA 1 RiPA 1 RZPA ( U P A 1 0.10 1 95.31 9756 95.16 ! QI-90 ! 98.20 1 97.92 1 0.10 1 94.79 1 1 1 94.63 1 9 1 . 3 ! 98.00 , 9799 030 93.67 / %.50 ' 93.48 1 97.35 { 9732 / 97.07

! 1 I I l

P ï V and PUO. When BUS Is Active

9'7.77 197.84

DL 1 OPRL ; UPRt RPRL ~ U ~ P R ~ ~ U Z P R L I U ~ W I W P R L I R T P R L I - ~ I U P R L 10.75 1 1.47 1 17.72 0.10 16.65 : 14.58! 16.M!2?3 tO.11 1029 10.44 1 0.80 ! 0.91 1 0.83 1 0.92 1 0.00 1 036 1 0.87 1 1.10 / 0.36 1 0.67 0.97

0.80 / 97.87 1 97.70 / 97.88

R2PA 9637 9630

%.El 1 9790 i 96.37 / 95.08

R4PIU. 0-44 1.02

I I

PU0 l OPRL UPBL IRPBL!ULPII~IUWRL O i 3.19 0.02 ) 351 i 0110 1 0.11

IO.10' 3.16 , 0.04 13.60 1 OM) 10-00 ' 0.15 1 3.14 i 0.09 1 3 . 8 0 10.00 ) 0.00

98-44 98.67

R3PA 95.08 94.78

94.42

1 0.85 1 3.29 i 0.01 3.51 1 0.00 ! 0.11 1 0.00 ) 0.00 / 159 / 2.55 1 355 1 4.04 1

i 0.90 ! 7.06 0.00 ' 7.53 1 0.00 , 0.00 1 0.0 1 0.00 1 3.07 1 550 1 7.51 l 8.96 i 0.95 1 10.06 1 0.W ; 10.72 1 0.00 ! 0.00 j 0.00 1 0.00 1 l i I

42s 732 i 10.71 1 1 ~ 9 0 1 t

97.98 i 96.85 98.85 i98.09 0.85 1 95.31 1 97.56 1 95.16

%.18 1 97.90 1 95.95 1 94.41 1 93.97 / 95.26 1 9730 : 95.03 1 93.31 j g38 I

I l 1

98.20 97-90

1 1

R ~ P R L I R ~ P R L / R ~ P R L I R ~ ~ 1.59 1 3 5 1 3.55 i 4.09 1.75 12.49 13.68 (4.21

, 128 1185 / 3.67 14.66 10.20 1 3.11 1 0.15 i 4.02 10-00 1048 / 0.19 I 0.3 1 424 i 0.01 1 6.00 ) 0.00 1 0.110 1 0.00

t

IJ3PRL!WFRL aûû 1 0.00

0.90 ; 92.06 ; 98.05 l 91.66

O S / 152 1298 14.01 I4.TI

, R E 1 239 1 436 / 5.91 ; 724

0.W 0.12

97.91 1 96.73

0.06 0.t2

! 0.95 1 88.65 1 97.14 1 88.09 9825 1 98.18 1 97.53 1 95.90 95.41 1 91.70 i 88.07 85.64 i 98.82

97.90 1 96.37 1 95.08 98.50 1 9830 i 97.42

94.42 !

%.74 94.02 ( 91.68 90.01 1

Page 242: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection
Page 243: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

JS Tabulaîed Main Performance Measures When TAL 1s Active

Table J.4: OP& UPA, RPA, UxPA and RxPA under Changing DL DLV, PTV and PUO, When TAL 1s Active

I DL i OPA : UPA 1 RPA , UIPA I U2PA ; U3PA 1 U P A 1 RIPA 1 U A 1 IUPA I MPh 1 0.75 ( 98.99 195.99 '99.19 195.U) i 96.42 i 95.99 195.81 1 9 8 . M 198.76 1 9 9 . X ! 49.45

0.80 1 9.10 i 93.70 1 9732 1 91.61 , 94.59 i 93.75 1 9331 I 95.27 i 95.26 1 g -51 I 9832 *

I O.= j 9L68 169.28 194.22 66.18 i 68.86 ( 6 8 2 3 171.12 i 89.88 190.14 194.68 i %.15 1 0.90 1 87.73 1 58.93 1 89.62 ; 59.79 / 59.10 , 59.92 1 57.18 1 86.14 1 8633 ! 89.91 1 91.26

Ï 0.95 ! 83.35 1 81.61 83.01 ' 61.44 89.10 1 88.66 / 8561 1 80.33 1 79.2 1 83.14 I 84-97 1

I

1 W O : OPA , &PA I RPA I UlPA UPA : ü3PA 1 UJPA I RlPA I RZPA ! R3PA 1 RaPA i 0.05 9768 169.18 ! 94.E 166.18 68.86 ! 68.23 171.12 i 89.88 i 90.14 i 94.68 196.15 1 0.10 : 9217 i 9711 1 9718 , 87.92 93.38 1 9L41 , 9133 1 87.32 1 87.32 : 92.62 ) 94.55 ' 0.î5 91.88 87.3 192.89 ilfi , 87.20 : D.88 ' 86.65 i 89.53 i 88.66 i 93-16 i 95.03 0 .3 1 9 1 3 i 95.42 1 9 0 3 190.21 %.O6 196.03 194.61 ; 81.32 185.92 . 9053 192-68 ! 0 .3 ' 91.29 1 95.64 1 89.4 , 91.50 96.09 1 96.16 1 95.03 1 88.02 ! 85.76 1 89.67 [ 9133 1

Table J.5: OPRL, UPRL. RPRL, UxPRLand RxPRL under Changing DL, DLV, PTV and PUO, When TAL Is Active

DL 1 OPRL t UPRL 1 RPRL ; UlPRL 1 ULPRL I U3PRL I U4PRL : RlPRL 1 WPRL R3PRL i R4PSL [ 0.75 : 031 1 3.45 1 0.00 l 4-44 3.13 ! 350 1 3-41 1 0.00 i 0.00 1 0.00 1 0.00 1

1 0.80 1 0 3 28 4 5 1 2 0.00 : 454 3.82 ' 4.81 : 4 5 i 1 0.00 1 0.01 i 0.00 1 0.01 i 0.85 i 2% 1 29.01 / 125 i iZ75 2953 ; 30-8 1 26.78 1 1.09 1 1.18 1 1.29 ; 1.25 j , 0.90 ' 8.25 ! 39.33 ! 6.19 ! 37.24 3930 ; 3855 i 40.54 1 5.83 5.74 1 6.31 t 6.30 i 1 0.95 ' 13.12 ! 9.64 1 1335 ! 10.23 , 8 3 1 9.12 ' 11.08 1 13.44 1 13.65 1 13.56 1 1292 1

I I t 1 I I i I DLV , OP= : EPRL 1 RPRL i L i : L I I U3PRL 1 WPRL 1 RlPRL I BtPRL EUPRL I R4PIU. ' 0.10 ' 7% 29.01 I 115 / 3775 1 2 9 5 3 i 30.28 126.78 1 1.09 i 1.18 i 129 1 125 : 035 331 , 30.41 : 153 1 28.19 ' 3-50 / 31.32 i 2828 i 1.43 I 1-59 I 152 I 153

0.m 4.38 3324 .) 2 4 1 31-19 1 34-53 1 33.43 1 3245 1 770 1 2.3 i 256 1 2.43 1 ! 0.85 , 6.11 33.62 1 M O i 39.32 8 30.94 1 33-95 1 3.17 I 431 ; 4.48 . 4-23 ' 4.29 I

1.00 731 31.97 i 5.68 . 58.64 ! 3.24 i 31.98 / 32.91 i 539 1 5.63 i 5.66 1 5-75 1 I 1 l I 1 I

1 1 1

P n OpaL : UPRL 1 RPRL . C ~ P R L ~ U ~ P R L ! U ~ P R L ~ W P B L ) ~ ~ ~ P B L I B ~ P R L I E U P B L I R J P R L ~ 0.10 1 7% 29.01 i 1.15 . 3L75 2953 : 30-8 126.78 i 1.09 1 1.18 j 1.29 1 1.25 010 ' 3.95 ; 3.83 j "F i 29.56 : 28.96 i 29.20 j 31.15 i L43 i L I 1 'w 1 110 0.30 I 4.77 : 33-17 i 190 ; 3 2 3 i 3262 1 34.02 1 3Z4I j 039 1 3 1 1 3.E

I i I I I ! t t

I uo ora i mu i iuu. ~tnruirnruimpu.!ouariuruinnriunr

77â

UPRL , 0.05 L% 1 3 A I : 125 l 3 L 7 5 29.53 i 30-8

0.10 2.34 : 4.09 ; 2.09 1 3.67 1 320 j 4.53 0.15 j.09 ] 932 : 1.74 i 9.18 1 9.65 i 9.19

26.78 ! 1.09 i 1-18 i 1.29 1 125 ; 4.17 i 2.10 ! 116 ! 202 1 216 \ 931 / 153 1 1.67 i 1-73

: O 2 0 788 t 025 , 3.69 1 0.08 1 0.26 l 0.21 , O29 t9 3.73 1 3-74 ) 3.72 0 3 , 3-44 / 0.00 ! 4.87 0.00 1 0.00 / 0.00 1 0.00 i 4.83 1 4-95 ! ?.Z'

1.19 1 3.62 i 4.95 [

Page 244: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

229

Table 5.6: OPTL, WïL, RP1Z. UxPTL and RxP'ïL under Changing DL, DLV.

I 1 I ! 1 I l ! I Pn OPïL I UPTL 1 RPTL )mmLICifPrt~U3Pn.lM~/RlPn!RZmLI113Pn.!R4PTLi

r 0.10 i 4.35 ' 1.71 i 455 i 1.W 1 1.60 i IJO 1 1 . 6 2 110.04 1 8 . 6 8 14.M I L 6 1 i 0 . 3 j 3.98 t 1.78 , 4.12 1 1.44 ; 135 i I.JS ! 108 i 7.n i 7.41 1 3.80 1 256 1 0 . 3 0 : 4.47 12-08 1 4 . 6 2 , 1.S; ' 153 1 1.71 ( 137 i 7.95 : 8.17 1 4 3 3 I 292 I r I I 1

Page 245: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

5.6 Tabulated Main Performance Measures When SIMUL Is Active

Table J.7: OPA, UPA, EWA, UxPA and RxPA under Changuig DL, DLV, PTV and PUO, When SIMUL. 1s Active

i DL 4 OPA I UPA ; RPh 1 UIPA 1 UlPA UPA I U4PA 1 RlPA ; R2PA 1 IUPA i RJPA t 0.75 1 98.85 1 95.4s 1 99.07 1 99.78 1 95.83 i 95.14 1 9537 I 98.89 i 98.92 ; 99.09 I 99.13 ! 0.80 i 9710 1 80.53 i 95.02 1 89.4 i 81.91 1 8244 l 76.74 i 93.95 1 93.71 ; 95.11 1 95.61 i 0.85 i 94.91 1 78.58 / 91.17 1 86.85 j 8783 1 79.39 74.77 1 94.75 1 93.15 1 94.Y / 94.54 ! 0.90 i 9135 1 82.08 j 94.52 1 86.89 1 86.81 1 83.81 1 n.34 1 94.79 1 94.26 1 94.62 1 9451 1 0.95 ' 87.81 1 80.53 1 94.06 1 86-22 / 83.56 1 8764 1 75.99 1 93.73 ( 94.85 1 9455 [ 93.06

1

Tabie J.8: OPRL, UPRL, RPRL, UxPRL and RxPRL under Changing DL, DLV, P W and PUO, M e n SMLJL Is Active

DL iOPRL l bTRL 1 RPRL : UIPRL I LlZPRL I ü3PIU. 1 UJPRL. 1 RiPRL 1 RZPM. 1 R3PRL I R4PRL I 0.75 1 0.63 1 4.11 I 0.41 0.00 ; 3.81 ! 4.57 i 3.97 1 053 1 059 1 0.36 1 0.36 1 0.80 ! 3.13 : 18.22 1 2.17 10.45 ' t7.70 I 16.44 1 11.39 ! 2.93 1 258 1 2.137 I 2.02 I 0.85 : 4.08 1 1 O . a 1 3.05 1 13.06 16.48 ; 1959 / 3 -70 i 2.41 ; 333 090 1 4.32 ! 1729 / 3.49 ' 12.61 IL78 ' 15.77 ' 11.61 1 3.93 1 3.61 0.95 1 520 1 18.75 4.34 ! 13.41 1 16.48 1 16.75 1 2.81 1 5.20 I 3.55

3.04 1 2.97 335 1 3.58 1 3.84 1 531

I 1 1 I l 1 b t

Page 246: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

Table J.9: OPTL, UPTL. RPTL, U x F L and RxPTL under Changing DL DLV. PTV

Page 247: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

Plots for the TAL Accept/Reject Rule

Zn this appendix the plots of the exploratory experiments involving the control lunits of the

acceptlreject d e s have been provided. These were referred in Chapter 5 (section 5.1.2).

Page 248: UNiVERSlTY OF CALGARYcollectionscanada.gc.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk3/ftp04/NQ64831.pdfUNiVERSlTY OF CALGARY Input ControI S trategies for Maice-to-order Manufachuing Systems via Oder AcreptancdRejection

Figure K.1: Rots for the TAL Acceptmeject Rule